#please let me have haechan on fridays after this | Explore Tumblr posts and blogs

sincerelyneo · 8 months ago

Text

wildflower | z.cl

“you know you are my favourite fantasy”

💿now playing: wildflower by 5 seconds of summer

❯ summary: Chenle just has to make it through one more round of twister. Then, you and his friends can leave and he can take care of the boner growing in his pants from your limbs grazing over his crotch every turn. Yeah, that’s his plan. Just one more round.

❯ pairings: chenle x fem!reader

❯ genre: friends to lovers, smut

❯ words: 4.0k

❯ tags: 18+ minors dni!, light petting, male masturbation, explicit descriptions of chenle's thoughts while he gets off, voyeurism, hand jobs, literally just horny chenle, reader uses she/her pronouns.

"Chenle, left foot, green," Jisung announces.

It's just a game of Twister, Chenle keeps reminding himself as the colourful spinner dictates his next move. So why is he feeling so flustered? He needs to get a grip. Like he said, it's just a fucking game for Christ’s sake, one that families play on holidays. There's no reason for him to be turned on right now, but he is.

"Dude, will you hurry up? I don’t think I can handle Jaemin's ass in my face much longer," Haechan grumbles from his awkward position on the board, head perched to the side to avoid eye contact with the back of Jaemin's jeans.

"Stop pretending you don’t love my ass."

Chenle feels no sympathy for Haechan; after all, this stupid game was his idea. He's the reason Chenle keeps having to conjure up the most unsexy thoughts imaginable to suppress the growing bulge in his pants.

It all started with a trip to the mall earlier in the day. Chenle had turned his back for just five minutes to go to the bathroom, and when he returned, he found his friends gathered around the ridiculous board game on the shelf.

"Come on, it'll be fun," Haechan insisted, while Jaemin practically bounced with excitement.

Chenle thought it was stupid; he's never been any good at Twister. But they all begged and pleaded to buy the game instead of sticking to the original movie night plans Chenle had organised for their traditional Friday night hangouts. And truthfully, Chenle had no intention of playing the game, let alone buying it. That is, until you stepped off the wall you were leaning against to join the conversation.

You strode over to pick up the box Haechan was clutching onto and inspected it. Chenle's gaze was fixed on your fingers as they tapped the package gently. It was surprising how everyone instantly fell silent from the shock of you wanting to get involved in their antics for a change.

"Come on, Lele, Haechan has a point. It does look fun," you encouraged.

Chenle's attention immediately shifted to your puppy-dog eyes, and he swore they were strong enough to break his willpower. Or maybe it was the way your lips protruded in a practised pout, staring up expectantly at him. Actually, now that he thinks about it, it was definitely the soft and eager "Please," that you uttered that had him heading straight to the counter with the box and his wallet.

That's what landed him here now. Stupid you and your stupid eyes and your even more stupidly cute smile.

“Chenle did you hear me?!” Jisung waves the spinner in front of his face, “Left foot, green.”

He snaps back to attention, finally shifting his left foot to a green circle.

“Fucking finally,” Haechan murmurs, “Sung, spin it for me.”

Jisung complies, giving Haechan his next instruction. Haechan begins to twist his body through the gap between Jaemin’s legs – he just needs to stretch a little more to reach the blue target in his vision. But then…

“Ow, what the fuck?!” Jaemin groans, his ass crashing down on the board from Haechan’s manoeuvring between his limbs.

“That was totally your fault! If you didn’t wriggle your body at the last second I wouldn’t have—”

"Nobody cares, Haechan. You're out. Off the board," Chenle grits through his teeth. He can't stand the arguing; it only prolongs the silly game for him, and he doesn’t want that – he doesn't need that. He just wants to get this all over with.

But as Haechan and Jaemin move away from the board he realises that won’t be so easy because you and him are the last two players standing. Chenle gulps, the realisation hitting him like a truck. He’s the only player left that you can tangle your limbs up with.

He doesn’t need this – this is what he’s been trying to avoid thinking about all night. You’ve only innocently brushed him this round, nothing overtly explicit. But just seeing you contort and arch alone was enough to trigger a twisted fantasy in his mind.

Chenle considers forfeiting. Sure, he's a little competitive, but he’d rather lose than pop a boner in front of all his friends while playing the old-school classic game of Twister. He also knows Haechan would complain, insisting that the winner was rigged and therefore there needs to be a rematch. Chenle does not need a rematch.

He just needs to focus. Keep his head in the game for a little while longer. Then, you and his friends can leave. Yeah, that’s the plan. He just needs to breathe.

Chenle composes himself, hastily waving his finger in Jisung’s direction. “It’s her spin.”

“Y/N, right-hand yellow.”

You’re already reclining, distributing your weight between a palm and a back foot. And you’re just as competitive, so when Jisung issues the instruction, you aim for the dot directly beneath Chenle but still behind him, manoeuvring beneath him for your hand to brush past his thigh before landing on the target.

Chenle almost stumbles at the slight touch, and it makes you raise an eyebrow. Was he ticklish or something?

“Y/N, that’s cheat–”

“Oh, so when she touches you, it’s cheating, but when Jaemin wiggles, I get told to get off the board,” Haechan complains. “I see how it is.”

“Be quiet, Haechan,” Jisung says, and Chenle is thankful for the intervention as he shushes the boy and flicks the spinner with his hand. “Left hand, red.”

Chenle looks down at the position you’re both in right now. So far, luck had been on his side as he was still on two feet, but you, you were on all fours and very close to him. He’d be lying if he said he hadn’t thought about looking down to see you pooled at his feet, looking up at him with pretty eyes, but he never imagined it like this.

The fact that this is all happening in front of his friends should be enough to kill his boner, but he’s still turned on. Not only was just the position of you on all fours tantalizing enough to begin with, but your last spin caused arms to cross over one another, pushing your breasts together.

Damn.

Chenle bites the bullet and goes for it, his body fully covering yours as he plants his right hand in front of him. In theory, his plan sounded like a good idea; if he places his right hand on the red dot behind you, he can just hover over you and then he won’t have to see you looking up at him with those pretty tits, he so desperately wants to fuck, on display.

But that was all in theory, because Chenle may have overlooked one massive fatal flaw. The new position places his crotch right in front of your face, and Chenle hadn’t even registered that until he could feel your hot breath against the fabric of his sweatpants.

This is not good.

Chenle can’t help but panic, he knows being like this, his clothed cock so close to your lips, he’s not gonna be able to hide his growing erection any longer. His cheeks flush, he doesn’t know how much more he can take, but he still tries to compose himself.

It’s just a game of twister.

“Y/N, right-hand green.”

Chenle thanks the heavens when he hears Jisung tell you to move your right hand because it’s that hand that’s already put him in this stupid predicament. You move to a red dot and it helps create some space between your lips and his groin. And Chenle thinks the Earth is finally on his side, because Jisung’s next instruction is for him.

“Left-hand blue.”

This seems perfect, he thinks. He can simply shift the hand that caused him to hover over you behind him. That should work. And it does, but only for a little while. Because on Jisung’s next instruction, you’re reaching over Chenle's shoulder with a hand, but your reach isn’t quite good enough, and he doesn’t know how much longer he can keep himself balanced on one arm.

Then it happens – you land on top of him, and the room fills with whoops and cheers as the game comes to an end. But Chenle can’t comprehend that because all he can think about is you, and how your body is pressed on his, tits crushing him and looking so delectable.

He sees you laughing, and God, how he adores your smile. He almost loves it as much as he loves how close you are to him, almost. You feel so warm, and he wants you to stay there forever, wrapped up in him as he... well, his thoughts suddenly take a more heated turn.

Damn, he’s getting hard.

No, fuck, he’s getting hard with you on top of him.

Without hesitation, Chenle brushes you off him and rises to his feet. He hastily adjusts his sweats to conceal his bulge, but nothing can disguise the sudden shift in his mood, which casts a frosty chill over the atmosphere.

“Dude, you good?” Mark asks.

“Yeah, I'm fine,” Chenle responds, his voice strained as he tries to sound casual.

The vibes in the room have turned awkward, suffocating almost. All he can think about is you, and he just wants this whole shit show to be over.

“Hey, why don't we call it a night?” he suggests, trying to mask the urgency in his tone. “I mean, it's getting late, and I'm sure we all have stuff to do tomorrow.”

You exchange glances with the others, sensing Chenle's unease, but you all agree to pack up and leave. As you gather your things and head towards the door, Chenle can't shake the image of you out of his mind. All he wants is to be alone, to explore the thoughts and desires that have been swirling in his head ever since the game started – he wants to deal with his boner.

Once you’re gone, Chenle lets out a sigh of relief, finally able to breathe again. But even with the apartment empty, his mind is still consumed by thoughts of you. He knows he needs to get a grip, but the memory of your touch, your laughter, lingers in the air, and he can't help but crave you.

He can’t control himself anymore, he just feels so needy. He sits down on the sofa, eyes fluttering shut as he thinks. He lets his tongue slip out from between his lips and one hand travels down his body, over his hoodie until he reaches the waistband of his sweatpants.

He can still feel the warmth of your breath there, and he’s harder than a rock, but this time there's no need to hide it. He wastes no time slipping inside the fabric to palm himself, his hands cool and rough. He savours the feeling of rubbing his long, thick length slowly with both hands, imagining it's your body taking him in, and filling you to the hilt.

You.

The girl he could never quite shake. The girl who Jisung had introduced to the group a couple of years ago. The girl who started hanging out with them more often, securing her invite to ‘boy’s night’ at his place. The girl who he’d found himself having the same interests as. The girl who was seconds ago brushing soft fingers over his body while playing Twister.

His friend.

His mouth parts and he thrust his cock up into his fisted hands. Precum lubes the tip of his head as he spreads it around with his thumb, gently rubbing the slick up and down himself. Needing more glide, he spits into his hand and rubs it down his length, coating his cock. He knows that when he finally gets to bury himself inside of you he won’t need spit, you’ll be fucking soaking for him, he’ll make sure of it.

He squeezes his eyes shut and groans. He needed this, badly. It had been a long night of your body bending, spinning and twisting – and fuck – remembering the way your back curved so delicately in the first round.

Not to mention you’d worn leggings that clung to your skin and a T-shirt that dipped low enough to flash everyone. Skimpy shit that you insisted were your ‘comfortable clothes’. He doesn’t believe that for a second – but he’s not complaining. They may have killed him when he was trying to hide his arousal, but now he’s glad he’s got a more accurate image for his thoughts.

Thoughts that include him wanting nothing more than to feel your body beneath his, sweating and used. Panting. Hair wild and a mess, as his fingers explore every inch of your flesh. He wants you wet enough that your arousal seeps over your thighs. He wants his cum dripping out your mouth, down your chin, and pooling on your tits.

He wants you filthy.

Fuck.

He palms himself up and down again, gritting his teeth and throwing his head back against the sofa.

He wants to bend you over, stretch you out. He wants to make you beg for him, writhe for him. Mould you to be his perfect little toy. If you could see him panting as he indulgently strokes himself to thoughts of you he’s sure you’d be flushed, embarrassed.

The image has him shuddering and thrusting his cock up into his hand again. And again. And again.

Fuck. What would you say if you knew? If you walked in and saw him?

You couldn’t blame him. Nobody forced you to insist on the game of Twister. Nobody forced you to trace your delicate little hands across his legs and arms and shoulders as you found the coloured circles. Nobody forced you to stumble on top of him, your grip holding his shoulders to find balance, immediately triggering his mind with thoughts of you riding him.

And fuck – nobody forced you to be that flexible.

His arms begin to ache at the punishing speed, but he couldn't stop. He wouldn’t stop. It felt too good. He hisses at the smooth glide over the sensitive underside of his head, head falling back again as he curses.

He knows you’d beg for it - just like he is.

“Fuck, Y/N…”

You and Haechan are making your way through Chenle’s building, en route to the parking lot. Haechan had insisted on you driving him home tonight, citing that "Ubers are too expensive in this economy." But as you both walk towards the car, your mind starts to wander.

Chenle's behaviour tonight was odd.

He never ends your Friday night hangouts early, and his sudden shift in demeanour was quite... uncharacteristic. Moreover, he's usually very competitive, yet there were numerous instances during the game where he could have easily nudged or jostled you, but he refrained. It was almost as if you were a hot stove, and he feared getting burned by touching you.

Was he coming down with a cold or something? Whatever it was you don’t like it, and you’re about to ask Haechan about it. However, as your hand reaches into your jacket pocket, you realize: shit, you left your car keys.

"Mind waiting here? I left my keys back there," you inform Haechan and he looks at you unimpressed.

He groans dramatically, “Y/N, it’s freezing out.”

"Relax, I'll be back in five minutes tops," you assure him.

"I knew I should've gone home with Jisung.”

You quirk an eyebrow, "What was that?"

"Nothing, just hurry up."

You return to Chenle’s building, taking the elevator up and walking down the halls. You hoped he hadn’t retired to bed if he was feeling unwell. Unfortunately, you can't even send him a quick text because your phone is with your keys.

You're slightly puzzled as you reach Chenle's door and find it open just a crack, unusual for him as he typically locks up immediately after everyone leaves. Concern creeps in — did something happen to him?

Anxiety triggers, and though you know you should knock and give him some warning that you're entering his apartment, your rational mind seems to switch off. And then it fogs because you just realised what you’ve just walked into.

Chenle’s head is thrown back with shut eyes, lips parted just a touch as he fists his cock. He groans, the motions causing a loud sloppy sound. His hand goes past the base of his cock and he grabs his balls, tugging at them with a whine.

He fucking whined.

You have to fight every urge not to gasp because the sight sends heat to the place between your legs, wetness pooling in your panties because he looks so hot, so unfiltered, raw and erotic. His face is so relaxed, his breath uneven, and you wonder what has got him so worked up. He looked like he was ready to kill moments ago.

“Fuck Y/N…”

What the fuck?

Chenle sounds like he’s on the brink of an orgasm…to your name. Were you hearing it correctly? If only you could see better, peer further into his apartment, and realize that you'd made this whole thing up, then you could relax – you could curse your mind for playing such a cruel hot joke on you.

So you do, you creek the door open and that’s when you see his abs begin to quiver and his eyebrows knit tighter together. It was visible that he was getting close and he let out an involuntary yell, hips bucking as his hand pumps harder.

Your thighs rub together, and your legs threaten to tremble from the sight. You'd never imagined yourself being so turned on from watching someone else get off, but here you are, and you don't think you've ever been more aroused.

And perhaps you’re a little too aroused because you don’t even realise that Chenle’s hand has stopped stroking because he’s staring straight at you, eyes wide looking like a deer in headlights. His cheeks are red and he’s awkwardly stuffing his very hard cock back into his sweats.

“Oh shit! Fuck! I’m sorry,” you stumble over your words as you turn around, giving him a little bit of privacy.

Chenle is at a loss for words. While he might have entertained the idea of you catching him, he never expected it to actually happen. And he certainly hadn't anticipated just how hot the glint of lust in your eyes as you watched him would be.

“No, it’s my fault…I should have locked the door.”

You’re still facing away from him, looking at his apartment walls when he stands to his feet and walks closer to you. You can feel the heat radiating off his body as he settles behind you. It’s a delicious warmth and if you weren’t just caught being a fucking perv, you would have let yourself bask in it.

“N-No, I should have knocked, I just came to get my keys, I’m so so sorry–”

“Y/N will you just look at me?”

He cuts you off and you feel him wrap a hand around your wrist. You wonder if it’s the same one that was wrapped around his cock and – fuck Y/N – now is not the time.

His gentle tug compels you to turn around and face him. You can't bring yourself to meet his eyes; instead, yours remain fixed on the floor. Still, you can feel the intensity of his gaze burning into your forehead.

"How long were you standing there?" His voice breaks the silence, prompting your mouth to open and close, resembling a fish for a moment as you process his question.

"I-I um, not long," you stammer out.

“Not long?” He raises an eyebrow, “Were you planning on standing there until I came or what?”

Your mouth goes dry as the realization dawns upon you because, yes, that's exactly what you were planning on doing. You wanted to witness what he looked like when he reached his climax, to see if he could possibly look any sexier than he already did as an orgasm washed over him.

“Lele—”

"You know," his finger reaches up to rest beneath your chin, trailing along your jawline until he has a firm grip, coaxing your eyes to meet his. "If you wanted to see me cum, the least you could have done was offer to help."

"W-what?" Your eyes widen in surprise.

"You heard me," he smirks confidently. "You gonna help me or what, Y/N?"

You bite your lip and nod, your hand dances along the hem of his sweats slipping inside to feel the length of his cock. It twitches in your grasp, and it doesn’t surprise you since he looked so close to his peak only seconds ago.

Chenle sucks in a breath, he’s thought about this moment plenty, and today specifically, he’s been so pent up about it. He focuses on the feeling of your touch, slow but effective as you tease him. And Chenle swears he almost drools at the sight of you collecting his precum and licking it off your thumb – it’s so filthy – just as he fantasised.

The sounds coming from his mouth are heavenly and sinful all the same, echoing in your ears. Your hand hovers over his length again, only starting to stroke when he bucks his hips. The rutting of his hips forces you to quicken the pace and his breath is all but shallow gasps.

Chenle can’t help the way his abdomen tenses, and his eyes find themselves falling on your low-cut top that had earlier been teasing him with your tits as you contorted your body for a stupid board game. Chenle thinks the view paired with your vigorous stroking might be enough for him to blow his load in his pants.

He's whining. He needs it. He’s chasing it.

He spasms as you continue frantically fucking him with your fist. He meets your touches grunting and cursing with every thrust. He bites down hard on his lips when you grab his balls cupping and pulling and squeezing until you know his high is ready to hit him like a steam train.

Chenle’s body tenses, thrusting his cock as hard as he can manage. His stomach contracts as stars cloud his mind and he moans out your name. His body has never been hit by this much blinding bliss before – especially not from just a hand job. But still, his legs buckle and he has to steady himself on the wall behind him.

“Fuck Y/N! Just like that, gonna cum.”

Unashamed, his eyes roll back as cum shoots violently from his pulsing cock and all over your hand. His voice rings out clear and desperate with yells in the air. Long strings of hot cum coat your fingers, each rope eliciting another groan. Another clench. Another bliss.

You bite your lip, relishing the explicit sight of Chenle as he rides out his orgasm. Despite being soaked through with arousal yourself, your own pleasure takes a backseat; witnessing him in such a state – sweat glistening on his forehead, eyes glazed with ecstasy – is more than enough to satisfy you.

As you withdraw your hand from his sweats, you both gaze at the white substance coating your fingers. You're almost tempted to tease him with it, to watch him shiver as you lick it off your fingers, but that fantasy is abruptly cut short when the front door swings open.

“Seriously how hard can it be to find some damn keys—”

Haechan takes one glance at your glistening hand and the wet patch on Chenle’s pants and puts the pieces together. Then, he looks at you his eyes squeezing as he grimaces.

“If you left me in the freezing cold for fifteen minutes to give Chenle a fucking hand job, I'm going to kill both of you."

#nct smut #nct dream smut #chenle smut #nct x reader #nct dream x reader #chenle x reader #nct hard hours #kpop smut

767 notes · View notes

hcsarchive · 11 months ago

Text

BOXER

nct dream (hint of the boyz)

details ␥ fem!reader x boxer!jaemin (ft. haechan)

genre ␥ smut with a plot, fluff?, lil angst +

━ after getting cheated on, you get invited to an underground boxing match but you stumble into some dangerous territory and that’s where things take a turn.

warnings ➠ explicit language, drugs, alcohol, overstimulation, flirty banter, praise kink, threesomes, corruption kink, fingering, dry humping, knives, rope bunny, blood, cheating, violence, and if there is more please let me know. *some may not be included in all parts*

MINORS DNI

!!these characters are completely fiction and do no represent the idol!!

A/N

Hope you enjoy my first piece of writing! This has been sitting in my drafts for over a year and i finally decided to post it.

part two

PART ONE

You and your boyfriend Sunwoo are on the couch watching a movie until his phone goes off. “babe I have to get going, chanhee will be here soon” he kisses your cheek and he leaves since he was already dressed before you even arrived.

Recently every night before your Friday night shift, you seem to notice he leaves at the same time and uses the same excuses to leave. Of course, you want to hang out with your best friend but you also want to be with him. You hardly get the chance to spend time together and the only time you see one another is after classes and twice a week which is not enough.

You watch him from the corner of your eyes as he gets ready to leave. Where is he going and why isn’t he telling you? Tears start forming around your eyes but holding them until he leaves is the best option. Speaking up about what is hurting you isn’t the easiest to do.

You are tired of Sunwoo throwing you around. He was the perfect boyfriend up until recently he started to be weird and his anger was getting unmanageable. One wrong thing you’ll say and he will start blaming you for everything which made you mad because you tried your best to be good to him.

Sunwoo hated seeing you cry, it angered him….

The door opens and Chanhee spots you crying once again. “Sunwoo again,” he says while rolling his eyes and dropping his bag on the floor. “Come here y/n” he pets your head as you’re crying.

“He left again and I didn’t even get the chance to say anything. Do you know where he goes” you look up at him and he nods no.

“Next Friday is our 6 month anniversary and if he leaves again we are over. I can’t hold on any longer I’m sorry” Both of you stay there in silence while tears fall down your eyes.

“I’m tired of seeing you hurt, do what is best for you and the rest I can take care of” Chanhee wipes your tears and stands up to get you a glass of water.

Two figures come in and Chanhee shoos them away. “Whyyyy we want to spend time with y/n too” Hyunjae screams “y/n tell your bff to stop hogging you” Jacob joins in. You laugh at the tiny blue-haired boy trying to push two buff men out of the living room.

“Chanhee it’s ok I’m fine now,” you say standing up and walking towards them.

“Did Sunwoo leave already? He was supposed to carpool with us” Hyunjae furrows his eyebrows. Chanhee looks at you and with that look, you already know what to do.

“He didn’t mention he was going with you guys” chanhee starts.

“Did he say anything to you?” Jacob points at you.

“Nope he just received a text and told me he has to go” you respond.

“Weird…do any of you want to come instead?” Hyunjae whips out 3 tickets.

Chanhee takes them and smirks because he did overhear his roommate say something about this the other day “I’ll pass- take y/n instead, I can cover your shift”

You grab the tickets and it’s a ticket with an unrecognizable location on it. The back has a bunch of little letters that state some sort of agreement.

“Where is this?” You ask.

“It’s an underground boxing show. They have these huge matches and two of the famous boxers are fighting tonight which would be a huge cash price” Jacob nudges you “wanna come”

“Yeah, I’m down. Can I get ready? I have a couple things here already”

“Sure we still have time” Hyunjae looks at Jacob then you.

“awesome” you grab your bag and hug Chanhee goodbye because he is already heading to his room.

“call me if anything happens ok” you both do thumbs up and then you go to sunwoo room to get ready.

*on the way to the match*

You play with your nails nervously because you are still a bit sad about earlier. The boys drive off the road and drive through a concrete tunnel with graffiti all over with glowing red tape which you assume is a symbol. For about 10 minutes of driving through a dirt road, you see loads of trees.

Jacob hands the keys to the valet parking worker and parks his car somewhere. You follow them through another dirt pathway which is lined up with a few securities.

"How did you even find this place," you ask.

"Our trainer transferred here, so he can start working here full time. Supposedly Sunwoo was offered a spot here which I am not surprised because he is a great fighter" Jacob said.

"Oh" is all you can say. The weight off of your shoulder left after hearing that. Of course, you don't like the idea of him getting hurt while boxing but you also were relieved that you finally know what he has been doing.

For now, you just want to have fun since you hardly have time to do anything different around here. You see a gray building and small windows at the top with loads of lights.

The men at the entrance take tickets and they make everyone sign papers while being metal detected. The building is filled with thousands of people and the building was definitely soundproof because you could not hear the amount of talking outside.

You sit in between both of them and look around at everything. The whole place looks like a concert arena, just this one smells like a mix of all sorts of drugs, alcohol, and sweaty men. Your eyes land on the line of girls dressed in provocative costumes and beautiful hair, topped with glittery makeup. You were amazed at how confident they all looked.

The first pair of fighters start and Jacob gasps "It's Lee Jeno he is the second-best boxer in the history of dungeon boxing."

"Who is the first?" You wonder while looking at how fast he is throwing and dodging punches.

"Na Jaemin, this new generation is beating all of the past generation records. Those two together will whip out everyone in here" blood streams down the other opponent's mouth while Jeno’s hand is raised up.

Lee Jeno wins which makes everyone chant his name while he puffs his chest and throws his fists up for everyone to chant even louder.

More people fight and you have the urge to go to the bathroom. Both of them look very concentrated “I’m going to the bathroom real quick” you say to Jacob.

“I can take you, the best match is at the end,” he says standing up right away but someone behind us yells at us to sit down.

“It’s fine I’ll go on my own I see the bathroom sign” you lie and leave towards a random door before he gets the chance to react.

There were so many people in the pathway that you had to push through as politely as possible but someone bumps into you which makes you bump into this couple towards the back wall. You apologize regardless of them paying attention to you since they were making out.

You felt the back of the jacket being pulled back aggressively once you turned around. “Why the fuck did you bump into us you dirty bitch” you were met with some angry girl’s eyes but then your boyfriend’s?

Her body is still pressed against his. “Pathetic” you grab the girl's arm off and throw it down with all your force.

You pass through two security guards and through the gray doors. It's another door but it’s locked. You were already hysterically crying and trying to twist the door with blurry teary eyes. The security guards just stare.

A couple seconds later the door opens and it’s two other males with clipboards and suits on. “Why were you trying to open the door,” the short one says.

“I was trying to go to the bathroom and this was the nearest door I saw,” You say.

“Where’s your ticket,” the other says.

“I don’t have it with me it’s-“ they cut you off again.

“Ok so not only don’t you have a ticket but you went through the VIP area and passed security to a door you aren’t even supposed to see”

The back doors that you just went into, opened. It was Sunwoo and the girl. “Oh look it’s the little lost girl who harassed us,” she says.

“Do you guys know her?” the short one asked them. Your teary eyes meet Sunwoo’s but he is avoiding your eyes. “Obviously not! why is she even here” she smacks her gum even more.

“Look I wasn’t looking for trouble I just want to know where the restroom is and move on with my day” tears stream down your cheeks on how frustrated you feel.

“Fine I’ll take you to our bathrooms but this is a one-time thing because-'' the short one was about to talk but the girl cut him off.

“Don’t let her in, she is probably undercover investigating us. Treat her like the rest of them” she says.

You were tired of standing there, you were trying to leave without saying anything or else you would start uncomfortably sobbing. “Jisung grab her” before you can even think, you feel a pair of arms lift you up.

“Put me down. Why am i- Can I at least let my friends know where I’m going”

They didn’t respond and all you saw was sunwoo at the end of the hallway walking into another room. You are too stunned to even be hurt about it. As you pass the many gray doors with numbers on them you start to feel sick.

He stops in front of room 07 and it’s the biggest door in the hallway. They both scan their faces then the door opens. After those doors, there are glass sliding doors. Again they scan their face and get a finger scan “Put your belongings in this bin and take off any layers” you take off your bag, shoes, and jacket.

You are left in your dress. The sliding doors open to reveal an elevator. You never expect such a trashy building on the outside to have these things like this on the inside. As you guys are going up, you notice how good-looking they are. “Do not look at us, look at the wall” Renjun says getting out his taser.

“Renjun relax” Jisung says, you laugh then Renjun puts away his taser and says sorry.

“He has trust issues, don't take it personally. We are just dragging you here or else Jia will complain to Haechan and we all hate her” Jisung explains.

“Why do you guys keep her then?” you ask.

“The crowd loves her and we don’t want to look for another person to replace since it’s a whole process. Plus she’s crazy” Jisung says.

“Stop talking to her until we investigate. You’re saying too many names and too much information” Renjun eyes you every three seconds while typing away on his phone. You had no idea who they were, what they did, but you know this is getting serious.

“We will have to keep her here for a month just to make sure she doesn’t say anything” another guy appears with a black silky button-up and dress pants as soon as the elevator doors open.

Your mouth dries up not only because of what he said but how he looks. His eyes are staring at you intensely up and down.

“We haven’t investigated her yet” Jisung says since Renjun also seems to be confused.

“No need. I found her right away and although she is not connected to anyone, she is dating the dude that has been seeing one of our show girls so that is a little suspicious. Explain why you are trying to get in and how you even got here.” Haechan questions you.

“I was trying to get out. There is no way I am staying here! i have a job and i’m a student” you try to turn around to leave but he pulls you back.

"Do not make another move until I say so. I know your weaknesses sweetheart or should i say [your username] " meaning he probably looked through everything you have done online and you catch on to what he means. You don't move but he leans into you "go it" he whispers into your ear and you nod yes.

"Words sweetheart".

"got it" you respond.

"So now you are mocking me" he smirks and towers over you. His tie dangles over your face as you look up at him.

"Renjun, Jisung you guys are good to go now. Make sure Jaemin is prepared. Do not let anyone enter until I say so, including you guys. We will have a meeting about this one later”

"I have a name" he shoves two fingers into your mouth. "You are not aware of what I am capable of doing and who I am so do not even think about talking back to me"

You start to heat up by the way he is speaking to you because he basically knows more than anyone if he got your laptop information. You want him to get even angry at you, so you suck on his finger that is pointing at you and swirl your tongue around. He hovers over you and shoves his fingers deeper into your throat. "Stand up" he lifts his fingers with you attached to them and releases his fingers out of your mouth. You just got cheated on so the most you can do is live up to your fantasies.

Haechan smirks at you then looks where you were seated. You left a small puddle of your wetness. "Now that you have done your little show...it is time for your punishment" he sits down and pulls you to sit on his lap.

He takes off his tie and puts it over your eyes, you hear his belt come off and he buckles it onto your mouth. "Since you don't listen when I tell you not to speak or move" he spanks your ass "once you step into my office you have to obey me pretty girl" his hands grip your hips.

You start to move your hips against his thigh. You cannot stand the heat pulsing through your soaking core. He grips you harder and speeds your movements, moans start pouring through the belt.

"Who knew a person like you would be this desperate that fast. Exactly who I have been looking for but you bark back and I do not like that. You know what bad girls like you get" you nod your head no furiously so he can do something other than guiding you through his clothed thigh.

He demands you to get on all fours on top of the couch. Haechan unzips your dress and unclasps your bra. The belt from your mouth is removed and it is covered in saliva. The belt comes in contact with your ass which releases a couple fluids that are now dripping down your thighs so you cross your legs for some sort of friction. "What part of do not move do you not understand" he grabs both of your hands and belts your wrist. Your face is now smashed into the couch.

"What do you fucking earn from edging me this long. Look at your fucking pants just whip it out for fucks sake, you are-"

"Shut the fuck up" he puts his knee between your legs and starts rubbing it around. "You need to learn how to keep that mouth shut" he shoved his knee further and pressured more. Your plan trying to hold back the screams fails.

He has a rope in his hands and you smirk "fuck" he rolls his eyes and starts to tie your hands then wraps it around your chest and stomach. Haechan tightens it even more in your thighs and brings the ends of ropes to your ankles.

He was about to put the rest around your mouth but you looked at haechan with lust. His face is spotted with moles and his eyes are framed with beautiful lashes. "You are pretty you know that" he looks at you in the eyes with anger but lust. "Do not sweet talk me"

"Are you going to kill me? you can at least make me cu-" he shoves a gag in your mouth and ties it. Your hair was pulled back by his hands and you looked up at him. He kneels down to be eye level with you "why aren't you scared of me?”

-END OF PART ONE-

authors note :)

I hope you enjoyed the first part! this is my first time writing these types of things or in general so hopefully, I improve further on. If you have the time please leave some feedback it would mean a lot.

Thank you for reading <3

363 notes · View notes

peanutpinet · 7 months ago

Note

Hello!! I have been a fan of all your work and your writing is so captivating!! 🥰 May I request for you to write another mafia one, but this time Jisung x fem reader who is younger than him by a year/same age and she is also part of the mafia? Maybe something happens when they are on the field or a particular mission together and something transpires. A bit of angst but also more fluff please!! Thank you so much 🩵🩵

Memories Together - Mafia! Jisung x Recruit! Fem Reader

Warnings: brief mention of human trafficking, kidnapping, overall a more fluff/laid-back mafia fic (coming from me)

A/N: hello anon!! How are you? I'm so sorry it took me so damn long to create your request and hello to my tumblr peeps, I am alive. I'm so sorry for not updating for so long. Trust me, I want to write but life really took a toll on me and I'm not mentally feeling okay but I'm trying my best. I AM FINALLY GOING TO SEE NCT DREAM THIS SATURDAY. AFTER FAILING SO MANY TIMES, I FINALLY AM GOING TO SEE THEM.

OKAY ENOUGH RAMBLING. ONTO THE FIC!!

NCT HQ - 1:27 pm (3rd POV)

“Wait, you’re actually going to let everyone have not only a whole day but the whole weekend off instead of switching shifts?” Doyoung asked in the meeting room where all of the NCT members were in

“Tell me who on earth in this room has had a proper holiday since we first basically became a well-known established brand both as a mafia and in daily life” Taeyong asked and no one in the room raised their hand at all

“You see what I mean. No one is going to die when we all; and I mean this whole entire HQ go on a break for the whole weekend from this Friday” Taeyong argued. “Even if there’s something, I would know about it and broadcast it to the rest of you first”

“I mean, unless all of you don’t want a break then….”

Taeyong didn’t even finish his sentence before everyone broke off and complained, some bullying Doyoung because he’s one of the only members who worries about what would happen if the whole NCT HQ would go on a few day of break.

Johnny and Haechan even complained about how they were already planning to spend the whole weekend with their girlfriends and even go on a double date. “Look Hyung, we know that you are worried but some of us have girlfriends whom we are so lucky that are patient with us and we really want to take them out, right Johnny-hyung?” Haechan teased Doyoung while Johnny agreed with him

“Really? You guys are teasing me at this kind of time?!” Doyoung complained and he was about to go on another debate with Haechan and Johnny until Taeyong stopped them first

“Enough!!” Taeyong announced, banging his head on the table, grabbing all of his members’ attention. “Everyone is going to have this weekend starting from Friday off. Should anything happen. I will personally contact you all myself. Do I make myself clear?”

Everyone in the whole room nodded without uttering anything.

“Good. You’re all dismissed. Just finished up whatever deadline you all have for the week. As for your personal deadlines, they’re your own responsibility. You’re all dismissed then” Taeyong announced and everyone stood up then bowed before leaving the meeting room.

“Jisung, what are you going to do during your break?” Shotaro asked as he and Sungchan were heading out side by side with Jisung

“Nothing much. I was going to ask Chenle if he wanted to go to the amusement park that just opened but Renjun-hyung mentioned that he and Chenle were going back to China to visit their family”

Jisung, Shotaro and Sungchan were talking together, about to head back to their dorm when someone bumped into them and several papers were flying on the ground. Immediately, Jisung turned to apologise and was about to help the person when he saw someone who he hadn’t seen in a while.

“(y/n)…” Jisung whispered, looking at the girl who was his age. The girl that he spent a lot of time with before he was promoted to NCT

“H-hi, Jisung, Sungchan and Shotaro oppa. Sorry for bumping into you” you bowed at the three NCT members and quickly gathered the paper that was scattered. “I’ll be heading out now”

You were about to leave the scene but Jisung’s large hands held you back. “A-aren’t you also going to be on break throughout the weekend?”

You nodded. “We are, actually”

Hearing your answer, the next words to come out of Jisung’s mouth were so sudden that it caught everyone off guard. “Do you want to go and hang out this weekend? There’s a new carnival in town and I was planning to go there with Chenle but he’s heading back to China with Renjun-hyung and…”

Realising what he had just said, Jisung immediately stopped talking and actually thought his words this time. “I mean. It’s been so long since we hung out. I know that I’ve been busy since I was promoted to an NCT member but. Damn. I just wanna know if you want to hang out like we used to? With Shotaro and Sungchan-hyung too?”

You looked over at Shotaro and Sungchan who both gave you a smile which made you remembered of the times the four of you along with Eunji would always sneak away during weekends just to hang out together.

You were just about to answer Jisung but Doyoung called out to the three young members first. “Jisung, Shotaro, Sungchan, Taeyong need you guys to go check up on some things in town with the others”

Jisung for once was about to interfere with his hyung’s request until you opened your mouth first. “Looks like you guys need to finish up some things before the break. I also need to finish some things as well. I’ll see you guys soon”

You gave the three a light smile before bowing at Doyoung and leaving the four NCT members in the hallway.

When the weekend rolled around, you still weren’t sure if Jisung meant what he said and when you didn’t receive a text from him, you thought that you were foolish to think that Jisung, Shotaro, and Sungchan would actually want to meet up with you.

“They’re all part of NCT now, what were you even thinking? Even if they’re on break right now, they’re still an essential part of the group and you’re not really in that picture” you thought to yourself but then you suddenly got a text message from Jisung himself

Jisung: Hey (y/n), I’m so sorry that I have only gotten your number

Jisung: I know it would be better to ask you directly if you changed your number but instead I asked Haechan-hyung to sort of dig up your number

Jisung: I also know that it might be quite late to ask you but if you’re still up to meet up, Shotarto, Sungchan-hyung, and I will come over

Jisung: If not, I’ll bring over your favorite food, sushi with boba

Jisung: Actually, I’ve already bought it and am heading to drop it off

Reading all the text that Jisung spammed just made your heart swell and you immediately texted him back while also getting ready to head out.

You: I’m getting ready, we’re eating the food you brought before leaving. Also, you’re the one that’s paying for the whole day

Immediately, within a few seconds, Jisung spammed your text again which made you giggle knowing how he is when it comes to texting you. How he would text you short messages but immediately one after the other.

Jisung: REALLY?! OKAY

Jisung: you don’t have to wear anything fancy

Jisung: not saying that you don’t look good with fancy clothes

Jisung: but we’re planning to go to the new amusement park

Jisung: also is it alright if Chenle comes with us?

Jisung: well, that was just a statement

Jisung: he’s forcing himself to come with us

Jisung: we’ll be there soon

Jisung: but take your time, don’t worry!

Not long after Jisung texted, he arrived in front of your apartment door and you quickly opened to welcome him and the other 3 NCT members into your small unit.

“Make yourself comfortable. I’m sorry that it isn’t as big as your guys’ unit but I’m content with the small space since it’s more manageable this way” you mentioned, letting the four boys in as you headed to your room to grab some things

“Always the minimalist, aren’t you? You barely changed anything in the place” Sungchan stated, looking around

“We got several of your favourite sushi” Shotaro added, placing the bags onto your counter as Jisung headed to your kitchen to grab some utensils

“The three of you looked like you’ve lived here before” Chenle pointed out as you came out of your room wearing a plain beige T-shirt, denim shorts, and puffer jacket with a shoulder bag

You were about to comment on Chenle’s statement but Jisung countered him first. “Because we did. The four of us along with Eunji were all in the same group. (Y/N) and Eunji used to live together whereas the three of us lived right next door to them”

“Ah, so she’s the roommate that you were talking about that one time” Chenle commented which made you wonder what has Jisung talked about with the NCT members

The five of you then ate the food that Jisung brought before heading out to the amusement park just opened. Of course, being the NCT members they were, they managed to get the whole day free pass before anyone else.

The five of you started to do some window shopping, went on a few easy-going rides here and there. By noon, you and Jisung were seperated from the other three and just walked around the amusement park with ice cream in each of your hands.

“Are you having fun?” Jisung asked, looking at you which made you look back at him

“I am. Thank you for inviting me out. I really appreciate it. I thought that you’ve forgotten about me ever since the three of you became part of NCT” you tried to joke but instead, Jisung stopped in his tracks which confused you

“What’s wrong?” you looked at Jisung who had an expression you couldn’t quite guess until he actually talked. “I, I didn’t mean for you to feel that way. I swear. I won’t forget someone like you. Especially when Taeyong-hyung brought the two of us together at the same time”

“Don’t remind me of that day. It was scary but you convinced me and I don’t regret it honestly” you admitted which instantly made Jisung look more cheerful than usual

“Really?! I mean, I’m glad. Trust me, I would never forget about you. Not me, not Sungchan or Shotaro or even Eunji. It’s just that we’ve been busy and I know that’s a lame excuse for not contacting you that much but we promise that we’ll definitely try to make time for you. I’m sure Eunji would also love to hang out but you know, she’s caught up with Taeyong-hyung and….” Jisung rambled on but you grabbed his wrist and just dragged him with you

“Can you shut up and enjoy the moment while we can? It’s not everyday we get to have a day off and for this long at that” you mentioned making Jisung smile and intertwining his fingers with yours which caught you off guard for a moment

“What are you waiting for then? Let’s go!!” Jisung exclaimed and this time he was the one dragging you with him

Amusement Park - 09:02 PM

Right before the amusement park closed, Chenle, Shotaro and Sungchan wanted to go to the escape room attraction but Jisung didn’t want to join because he saw that you were a bit tired but you told him that you were fine and that you just wanted to enjoy the last bits of the day with your teammates.

In the middle of the escape room, you didn’t know what was happening but Chenle told the rest of you to stop in your tracks and that something was off. Chenle then asked Sungchan to help break down one of the walls which confused you but you noticed that the other three men including Jisung followed through with Chenle’s instructions and sure enough it led to another tunnel elsewhere.

Chenle immediately asked Shotaro to contact one of the hyung-line from NCT while he went to investigate. You were worried at first but Jisung reassured you that you would be okay with them. “Trust me, you’re safer with us than going out on your own. I don’t think I’ll be okay with you going out on your own as well”

You looked at Jisung and only now did you realise that while his looks haven’t really changed, he did look and act more mature than usual which made you trust him. “Okay, I trust you”

“Okay young lovebirds, come on. I think that there’s some people in here” Chenle stated, sending shivers down your entire body

Walking into the tunnel itself took some time because it was narrow and there was barely enough space for the five of you to walk side by side. But the five of you knew that you were closer to where you needed to be when you heard muffling sounds.

When you did reach the end of the tunnel into another room where there were several bodies around the room. Some looked to be unconscious whereas others looked distressed. Most of them were young girls that seemed to be around your age.

You saw Chenle and the others help each of the people there made you go around to help them as you heard Shotaro telling Chenle that the hyung members were on their way. “They’re coming so the place will be on lockdown soon”

“Alright. Clearly we all can’t bring this amount of people with us. Some of have to stay and some will go see they hyungs” Chenle mentioned as the others heard him. “(y/n), you and Sungchan stay here. Jisung, Shotaro and I will….”

“I’m staying here with (y/n)” Jisung stated, cutting off Chenle’s words which was a first because the current maknae of NCT almost never cuts his hyungs’ words making Chenle look at him with a stern gaze that you don’t think you’ve seen before

Chenle who now stood in front of Jisung gave of a strong vibe despite being shorter than Jisung. “Let me remind you, Park Jisung. Despite this being our day off, when push comes to shove, you have to stand up. Can’t you see the people around you? Sungchan can stay here because Shotaro and I need you to help us just in case the ones that did this is around”

Walking closer, Chenle decided to whisper his next words to Jisung so no one would hear them. “I know you have feelings for her but there will be times where both of you have to put aside your personal feelings. It’s for the best”

“At least let me make sure that she’s okay with being with Sungchan here” Jisung whispered back as the older member signalled him to be quick

Jisung turned to be in front of you which made you confused for a moment. “Jisung…” you let out but Jisung stopped youf first. “You’re okay with being here with Sungchan to look out for….”

You didn’t let Jisung finish his sentence. “Jisung, I know. We’re both part of the mafia. But more so to help our people. Go Jisung. I can fight for myself. Sungchan is here too”

Smiling at your words, Jisung promised that he’ll be back soon. “Take care. Sungchan, take care of her and the others”

“Park Jisung!” you called out for him before he completely left. “Don’t go against your older members!” Jisung chuckled at your reminder and waved at you

After Jisung, Chenle and Shotaro left. You and Sungchan decided to untie all the others’ restraints. Noting to yourself the treatments that are needed for the majority of the people here. You were helping one of the young girls when they gripped your hand, pulling you downwards to them. “Leave while you still can”

Caught off guard, you decided to question the girl. “What are you talking about?”

“Take your friend and leave. They’ll come for you and when they get you. They’ll…”

“They’ll what?” you asked and before they could answer, you heard something metal was thrown to the ground and Sungchan tried to grab you and make a run for it but the smoke spread out and both you and Sungchan noticed that the smoke smelt differently from usual.

“Poison” you thought to yourself, trying to not inhale any of the smoke

Both you and Sungchan tried to navigate through the smoke but the smoke itself got thicker and eventually covered both your eyesights.

Jisung’s POV

Once I headed out with Chenle and Shotaro-hyung, I couldn’t help but feel that something was off. Sure it was late and there were barely any other visitors in the amusement park this late at night but it was too quiet when we entered the escape room.

Chenle was on the phone with Mark-hyung when I noticed some people were surrounding and were watching us. Shotaro-hyung must’ve noticed it as well because we looked at each other but none of us were going to say anything. Instead, it was Chenle-hyung who stopped and raised his voice.

“Are you all just going to stare at us or are you waiting for do you want to wait for our entire squad to come?” Chenle stated, turning off his phone when we saw a group of people coming towards us and both Shotaro and I were on guard but Chenle signalled us to relax.

“Care to explain to us what you did to our teammates?” Chenle questioned, making me and Shotaro-hyung look at each other but we still tried our best to remain calm even though I was internally worried about what happened to (y/n).

“Why don’t you explain to your teammates? It seems that they look a bit lost there” the guy at the center stated, the other men surrounding them were laughing

“You’re testing our patience here. I may not look like it but I’m quite a patient man. Either you play nice, tell us what you did, and turn yourself in or we’ll do this the hard way” Chenle calmly threatened, putting his hands in his pockets which to them might seem that he looks chill but to us, we know that whenever Chenle does this, he’s clearly annoyed already

“Brams” the center man let out, making Chenle raise his eyebrow as I realised who they were talking about considering it was a big case in NCT as it involved Johnny-hyung and I immediately figured out what they were going to do

Stepping next to Chenle, I decided to see if my theory was true. “Don’t tell me you plan to continue Brams’ plan of human trafficking”

“Looks like the youngest member isn’t that dense. Plus, the addition of your two team members would be nice considering you NCT took away all those other people. We were so close to being rich and making our own mafia that would be better than any of you” one of their members mentioned

His words made me feel sick as I imagine both Sungchan and (y/n) were being held captive and being tortured or who knows what other things they’re going through. But Chenle somehow took notice of my uneasy self but he took his hand out, signalling me to stop myself from doing something that I might regret later on.

Despite Chenle’s signal and eye contact, I was tempted to move forward and tackle them but when I heard someone’s voice, I refrained myself. Instead, I turned to see if my ears were deceiving me but they weren’t.

It was (y/n), Sungchan, along with Mark, Jaehyun, and Johnny-hyung. Plus several others of NCT’s trusted police force. Within a few minutes, everyone of the opposing group was immediately secured as I rushed to (y/n) who looked like she was going to pass out anytime soon but Mark-hyung held me back for a moment.

“Jisung” Mark-hyung called out to me as I turned to see him. “Hyung…Can we talk later? I, I want to make sure that…”

“I know, Jisung. She and Sungchan inhaled quite a bit of poisonous gas but still managed to get out of that prison” Mark-hyung mentioned making me grow even more worried

“They’re being treated. They’re going to be fine, Jisung. (y/n) is going to be alright. I just want to tell you that I’m proud that you managed to compose yourself and listen to Chenle even though I know that that probably took everything in you to do” Mark-hyung praised me right as Chenle came to us

“I know right? He rarely listens to me” Chenle joked as I smacked him

“I do listen. Sometimes. But Mark-hyung, how did you manage to come here so quickly?” I asked which made him and Chenle chuckle

“It was your girl, (y/n). Why do you think I made you come with me and let her and Sungchan deal with those who were captured?” Chenle mentioned, making my eyes widen

“She’s witty and everyone including Taeyong was impressed by her skills” Mark-hyung added on when Johnny and Jaehyun-hyung came

“So impressed that he’s considering of promoting her. Though, after she’s treated and gotten better” Johnny-hyung mentioned

“Really?!” I asked as my hyungs chuckled at my reaction

“Taeyong will let you know next week. You should go back, check up on (y/n) then have several rest days after today” Jaehyun-hyung mentioned and I looked at Mark-hyung who nodded to let me go

“Thank you!! I’ll see you all soon!!” I exclaimed and rushed to go see (y/n)

NCT HQ - 02:05 AM (Jisung’s POV)

Back at the HQ, both (y/n) and Sungchan were immediately being treated by Kun and Jaemin-hyung. After 2-3 long hours, the treatment was done and I immediately stood up, waiting outside of the room while Jaemin and Kun-hyung came out together.

“They’re going to be fine, Jisung” Jaemin-hyung mentioned

“Our treatment helped them recover faster so they should be awake soon or around later in the morning. Why don’t you go get some rest?” Kun-hyung suggested but I shook my head and insisted to see (y/n)

“I’m okay, hyung. I’ve showered, I’ve rested up a bit. I just want to see how she’s doing” I mentioned

Jaemin and Kun-hyung looked at each other before letting me into the room where (y/n) and Sungchan was. Inside the room, I saw (y/n) laying down and sleeping peacefully whereas Sungchan was in a separate room.

“Don’t take too long and let us know if they wake up or if there is anything that happens” Kun-hyung mentioned as he and Jaemin-hyung left me in the room.

Grabbing a nearby chair, I sat next to (y/n)’s bed and brushed some of her hair out of her face before starting to talk to her. “Hey, you did so well today”

“I’m so sorry that our outing turned out the way it did. I promise that we’ll have more time to hang out. Especially with Taeyong-hyung planning to promote you!!” I exclaimed, chuckling at myself knowing that I was only talking to myself

“Even now when I’m already part of NCT, you still amaze me and somehow you would always be a step ahead of me which I don’t mind at all because as your friend, it makes me so proud” I continued my ramble

“But even so, you made me so worried you know. The day I became part of the NCT member, I was so worried about you and I know that I don’t show it but I promise you I do and still am worried about you. You mean more to me than just a friend but I’ve always been a coward to tell you about it. You should know that Chenle would always tease me about it” I rambled on again but stopped when I heard a muffled sound which I turned to see (y/n) starting to wake up

“G-glad to know the feeling is mutual then” I heard her chuckle as I rushed to help her sit on the bed. “A-are you okay? Do you have a hard time breathing? I’ll go get Jaemin or Kun-hyung…”

I rambled on, about to leave because truth be told that I was nervous and embarrassed to face (y/n) after my little confession but (y/n)’s next words stopped and made me rethink. “You’re going to leave me again like last time?”

Immediately, I stopped to turn and look at (y/n) who looked at me with a tired look. I then went back and sat next to (y/n), taking her smaller hands in mine. “Never. I never left you. I always look out for you even from afar. I was a coward for not being real with my feelings because I don’t know. We’re both still young and I’m worried that it’ll ruin our friendship. I know I should’ve been honest earlier”

“Jisung…I’m joking. I know you always watch over me. I know how you would always try to steal glances whenever we passed by each other. Or even the additional snacks that I suddenly got. I know that they were all from you. I’m grateful and happy that you still try your best to look out for me” (y/n) explained

She knew. She knew all of the little things I did for her. “Me too. We’re good right?” I asked, which made (y/n) chuckled

“Why are you so awkward Jisung? I just mentioned that the feeling is mutual. Unless you’re still unsure of your own…” I cut (y/n) off by denying my unsure feelings. “No. Of course I’m not. Maybe I was in our early training days. But not now”

“I’m glad then. So, let’s not worry so much. You said yourself. We’re still young. Let’s just go make more memories together” (y/n) mentioned, making me smile and bringing her hands and kissing her knuckles. “Definitely. Especially since Taeyong-hyung is planning to promote you”

The two of us just giggled and talked the night away until Jaemin-hyung came and scolded me for keeping (y/n) and practically Sungchan-hyung up. “YA! PARK JISUNG! SAVE YOUR RAMBLING FOR NEXT TIME! SOME OF US ARE TRYING TO REST. YOU’RE MAKING A RUCKUS AND EVEN WOKE SUNGCHAN UP”

A/N: next on my nct mafia list is going to be the Mark request (which I have never done a fic of Mark but I will try my best). I hope I'll be able to write a bit more and not leave you guys hanging for so long :') as always, stay safe and be happy xoxo vinet

87 notes · View notes

zh-lele · 2 years ago

Text

12-7 ROOM (Preview)

▪︎ Pairing: brother's best friend!Haechan x reader

▪︎ Genres: poor attempt at rom com, fluff

▪︎ Warnings: profanity, alcohol consumption.

▪︎ Word count: 1381

Playlist: darl+ing by SVT, My Favorite Part by Mac Miller, I Couldn't Be More In Love by The 1975, Golden by Harry Styles.

drabble requested by anon – full fic version coming out soon!

friday, 10:14 p.m.

Mark moves around the small apartment urgently cleaning up. He makes sure to pick up and throw into the garbage bag between his hands every empty Red Bull can that his roommate has left lying around. On the old couch rests his guitar, and on the little table in the living room his lyrics notebooks and Haechan's engineering notes.

"Mark," Haechan calls for him, to which the older one only responds with a small sound, indicating that he has his attention—partially, as he's still concentrating on his duty of getting all ready for your arrival—, "Your food is getting cold."

Mark lets out an exasperated sigh while getting all his belongings inside his backpack and his guitar in the case. "I'll just order something once I'm at the studio."

"Wait, you're leaving?"

"Yeah, I need to get some work done with TY. And y/n's arriving at any time so this place has to be tidy and clean and–" Mark stops all motions of arranging the mattress you're going to sleep on on the living room floor, to fix his eyes on his friend. "Haechan, could you like, put on a t-shirt or something?"

Small drops of water fall from Haechan's wet hair onto his naked torso, fresh from the warm shower he just took. The young man does nothing but question his best friend with a lopsided smile as he finishes his bowl of ramen, sitting at the counter in front of Mark's—that remains full and cold by now.

"What, you think y/n's gonna be scared of all this handsomeness?"

Mark's face is expressionless while looking at Haechan, who's feeling himself to add to the point. And Mark has missed you a lot, but he thinks that the faster he gets a break from his chaotic roommate, the better. He can't wait to have a week free of the jokes and headaches Haechan causes to him, because Haechan will have you to annoy. Even when he will still be working, to Mark, that sounds pretty much like a vacation.

"Nah, dude. It's fucking cold, you'll get sick."

"You will get sick if you don't get anything to eat as soon as you make it to work," Haechan answers back as he gets up from his chair and puts his favorite Michael Jackson t-shirt on. "Promise me you'll order."

"Yeah, I promise," Mark sounds sincere. A quick hug and a few pats on each other's back and Mark is opening the front door, one step out ready to leave for a late night music session. "Please receive y/n well for me–

"Y/n!"

Screams and laughs from both you and your brother fill the little apartment, as you greet and hug him after almost four months without seeing each other. Just in time, is what Haechan thinks while observing the cute interaction and gently caressing his belly from underneath the t-shirt because, well, he is really confident but (even though he has known you for years and you've shared many moments together) he's not confident enough around you to show himself like that. At least not yet.

His face lights up as soon as he sees you extend your arms in his direction, and Haechan manages to squeeze you into a warm hug, spinning you in the air while the both of you laugh.

Your brother says his goodbyes, and Haechan tells him there's a chance they could meet up at Johnny's later, in case he wants to join in after work.

"Alright, I'll get there with Taeyong later then."

He waves to the both of you and closes the front door, leaving you alone with Haechan.

"Take a relax, bro," he offers you to sit at the counter, making you giggle after hearing the famous line after months. You observe him filling a cup with water and placing it in front of you before speaking again. "Want some ramen?"

"Hell yeah. I'm starving."

"Let me heat it up for you."

But he was already on it even before you answered. Haechan knows well he's very good at turning the simple dish into a delicious meal, and that it's one of your favorite things to share since you two met.

You wouldn't say it was love at first sight, but maybe adoration since the first encounter. Only weeks after your brother moved to start studying, he invited you over because he was missing home too much. And Haechan wouldn't be his apartment buddy until a year after, but they already frequented the same group of friends. The two of you were standing awkwardly in a corner at Taeyong's birthday party, and ended up at your brother's because you were hungry, eating ramen together: his secret recipe (that wasn't mysterious at all) that included tomatoes and scrambled eggs and that he only made for 'real special situations'. (He said you might be a lucky one.)

Haechan sets the bowl in front of you, the tomato scrambled noodles and eggs making your mouth water and curve in a smile. A ray of sunshine gets on the chair beside you even though it's almost midnight, and makes you feel at home, warming you even though it's freezing outside.

saturday, 01:47 a.m.

"So, how did you two meet?" Yuta asks, taking up the free space next to you on Johnny's couch and passing you two cans of beer. Exactly what you need after three rounds of karaoke with Johnny and Doyoung that are inexhaustible.

They're still going off strong in front of the TV, waiting for Mark to get back and join them in their madness.

"Oh, we're not together."

"Oh, that's for sure. I know you're not pulling any bitches, Haechan."

Haechan laughs dryly at the japanese boy, putting on his best expression of annoyance; tongue poking at his inside cheek and rolling his eyes, and he replies, "That's not true. I can pull anyone I want."

"Prove it," Yuta pushes him, because he knows that Haechan is an easy-going person, and always a good target for a challenge.

Haechan quickly scans the room while you busy yourself taking a sip of your can, not really wanting to get involved in Yuta's teasing, until he lands eyes on Jaehyun. The boy loves Haechan and is almost always up for some of his affection.

"Jaehyun's not an option," Yuta adds, the always good observant, and Haechan sighs very audibly before throwing his head back on the couch.

But he composes himself quickly to ask, turning slightly to you with his arm still firm around your shoulders. "Would you get with me? Hypothetically?"

Would you get together with Haechan, hypothetically? Considering the four-year crush you've had on your brother's best friend since the moment you met him, no, you wouldn't.

You would get with him for real. All of your friends say it's time you brave up and just confess to him.

"I mean… Yes?" you answer by looking at Yuta, trying to avoid Haechan's eyes that you know are set on the blushed skin of your face. "Haechan is not a bad match," you finish with a shy shrug, sinking yourself deeper on the couch and taking another long drink.

Haechan smiles contentedly at your answer, his chest filling with confidence, and gives you a kiss wet with beer on the forehead that gets you squeezed up to his body for a second. By the time he's done, you rest your head on his shoulder to return the affection, ignoring all the butterflies in your stomach and Yuta's knowing stare.

"Keyword there: hypothetically. But I said 'prove it.'" Yuta pushes a little more.

"Bro, you're so annoying." Haechan gets up from the couch and almost makes you spill all your beer while trying to get you up with him. "What, you want us to make out?"

Yuta nods, crossing his arms and spreading his legs on the couch that he has all for himself now, challenging the younger boy.

"Sorry dude, we're not into exhibitionism."

Haechan takes your hand to drag you away from the living room, but you can still hear Yuta's laugh and the words the two of you would end up choosing to ignore for the rest of the night—or the rest of the week.

"This is not how you're getting some, Haechan! Don't say I didn't try helping you!"

Author's note: :) been wanting to write roommates Haechan and Mark for a long time now so I'm excited about this one. Hope it's entertaining enough. Thank you anon for the request! This was part of my 1 year event. Let me know if anyone wants to join a taglist for the upcoming full fic.

#zh-lele 1 year #haechan fluff #nct haechan #haechan fic #haechan x reader #lee donghyuck #haechan #zh-lele

381 notes · View notes

neowinestainedress · 1 year ago

Text

𝐆𝐋𝐈𝐌𝐏𝐒𝐄 𝐎𝐅 𝐔𝐒 — 𝐂𝐇.𝟏

𝐂𝐇𝐀𝐏𝐓𝐄𝐑 𝐎𝐍𝐄 — 𝐌𝐀𝐒𝐓𝐄𝐑𝐋𝐈𝐒𝐓 — 𝐂𝐇𝐀𝐏𝐓𝐄𝐑 𝐓𝐖𝐎 𝐏𝐀𝐈𝐑𝐈𝐍𝐆: lee haechan x oc ; lee haechan x haechan's ex gf!oc 𝐆𝐄𝐍𝐑𝐄: fluff, childhood best friends to lovers, strangers to lovers, exes to lovers, lovers to exes | requested 𝐒𝐔𝐌𝐌𝐀𝐑𝐘: after a year of drying tears, and three of dating, haechan’s ex-girlfriend comes back in their life and hyejin’s biggest fears start growing again. But everything is fine because hyejin and haechan fit right into each other palm. 𝐖𝐀𝐑𝐍𝐈𝐍𝐆𝐒: none 𝐖𝐂: 4k 𝐀/𝐍: can't believe the first chapter is finally out, i know it took me SO LONG but i hope the anon that requested it is still around to enjoy this. i have many mixed emotions about this series but i hope you will love it. feedback means the world, whether it's a comment, a reblog (it helps to boost the fic so more people can see it), or an ask, please send your thoughts! enjoy ♡

Haechan’s place was quiet; the only sounds that could be heard were the clicking of his fingers on the keyboard and some curse spilling from his lips. The place wasn’t big, and the walls weren’t thick either, even a small drop of water could be heard from another room if the house was filled with silence.

A smile curled Hyejin’s lips as she kept her focus on the food on the stoves and tried to don’t let herself get distracted by her boyfriend.

It was a typical Friday night in October. After the end of university, they dumbly believed they would’ve been freer, but real life proved them wrong swiftly, and between work and other things, finding a moment for each other seemed even harder than when their afternoons were filled with essays, books to study and projects to turn in before midnight. So, they tried to make up for some time together the best they could, slowly building their everyday life with small habits. They didn’t live together, not yet, at least. No matter how much they wanted to, especially her, they couldn’t afford a house together, not one that was big enough for the future.

While Haechan was more grounded and focused on the present — that alone was making him struggle to sleep at night — Hyejin dreamed a lot about the future. Even if in the last months her talks about it died down, too afraid she was scaring Haechan away with all her dreams of getting married and having kids, in her heart, those dreams didn’t die down. She could see it. The picture of their happy family was clear as the sky in her mind. After all, that was everything she ever dreamed of and with the person she loved since she was able to point out what feelings are.

And surely those evenings together weren’t like living together, but it was close. She spent more nights there than in her small, rented place with her best friends, especially at night, when that was the only time they could be together without having to do other things.

But none of this was different from their childhood. All the times they fell asleep in each other’s bedroom after running all day, or when they would hide because they refused to go back home. The only difference was the place; their houses in their small hometown now were a small apartment on the third floor of a building in Seoul.

When the timer rang, bringing Hyejin out of her thoughts, she shook her head and turned off the fire, careful not to burn herself while she placed the food on the plates she already took out from the shelf beforehand.

“Food’s ready,” she said, knocking on his door, opening it ajar, only seeing Haechan’s back at the desk, the light of the computer was almost blinding in the small dark room.

“Yeah, I’ll — fuck, Mark, can you look what you’re doing?” He yelled to the screen, letting out an annoyed puff of air before he waved her off, without drifting his gaze and addressing her dismissively, “I’ll be there soon, start without me.”

She chuckled, finding him endearing when he was so caught up. “Hi, Mark,” she greeted, raising her voice to make sure the boy would’ve heard from Haechan’s mic. A smile spread on her lips when their friend greeted her back, and then she talked to her boyfriend again, “Don’t worry, I’ll wait.”

October that year seemed a bit colder than usual, or maybe it was that place that felt off when Haechan wasn’t with her. And now that time was passing by as slowly as a drop rhythmically coming out of a broken sink, she could swear she never felt colder.

Hyejin had stopped manically staring at the clock, checking every two seconds as if two minutes could pass instead. She simply stared at the hot food in front of her, following the path of the smoke dispersing in the air and creating a grey cloud. It was like puffing air on the outside. But she didn’t want the food to go cold, she cooked it with so much love for Haechan, and she knew he must’ve been starving, so she put it in the microwave, hoping it was enough to keep it warm.

And time started weighing down on her again now that she had nothing to obsess herself with.

She sighed, slumping on the sofa and pulling out her phone.

hye♡ pls injunnie tell me they’re almost done

renjunnie bold of you to assume i understand anything about games

hye♡ sigh😔

renjunnie i’m sure they lost track of time. i can scold jeno if you want to!

hye♡ no it’s alright!!!

let them play they’ve been busy

and work is stressing hyuckie so I don’t want to bother him

renjunnie k

i’m sure he’ll make it up to you somehow 😉

hye♡ RENJUN!

renjunnie bye! you two were loud af so i can tease you all i want

hye♡ 🙄

She chuckled before locking the phone again and stretching, deciding to turn on the TV and let time pass by in some other way.

“You waited an hour?” When Haechan’s voice resonated in the living room she almost skipped a beat, not expecting him to come out of the room for at least another thirty minutes.

“Yeah, I told you,” she smiled, turning around and chuckling softly while her eyes ran on his body. He looked good with anything on, but those casual clothes were so dear to her. It reminded her of the most honest and real Haechan, the one that didn’t care about what people had to say, the one she spent hours watching trash movies or tv shows with, the one she rushed to the supermarket with after only putting a jacket and shoes on, or the one that was standing in front of her right now. “You look sexy like this,” she winked and he shook his head, hiding the light embarrassment before he walked into the kitchen.

“You cooked?”

“Yeah, prepared teobokki, but I think we have to reheat it now, unless you want to eat gum,” she commented, pulling the two dishes out of the microwave. “I’ll use the pan in the sink.”

“No, I’ll do it,” he said, grabbing the dishes from her hands, and coming face to face.

Her eyes lit up before she leaned in and left a peck on his lips. “Will you blow up the kitchen, Ramsey?”

Haechan playfully pushed her away with a swing of the hip before turning on the stove and flipping the teobokki in the pan. “I can reheat some food for five minutes. Go pick a movie or something you want to watch.”

“No complains?” She asked, pointing a finger at his chest.

Haechan nodded, “I owe it to you, I’m sorry I made you wait.”

“Alright, so you won’t complain about Clueless.”

“Damn, for the nth time?”

“It’s my comfort movie and it’s my pick, think about the food instead,” she said, rushing out of the kitchen to reach the sofa and select the movie.

When Haechan sat on the couch, placing the two plates on the table in front of it, he furrowed, not seeing the movie on the screen.

“What’s that?”

“Something we’ve never seen before,” she said. “I mean, we saw the first but not the sequel.”

“Oh,” he whispered, passing a pair of chopsticks in her hands, “are you sure? I was kidding before, you know?”

She hummed with her mouth already stuffed with teobboki, not even giving Haechan time to warn her about how hot they were. “I’m hungry,” she mumbled with her mouth closed and a sweet crease on her forehead.

“My fault, sorry,” he said, picking up the ceramic and starting to blow on the food to cool it. “But again, we can watch Clueless, I don’t mind that I know every dialogue by heart.”

“As you should, that’s a classic, it’s basic culture,” she joked, shifting closer to him until their legs brushed together and their shoulders touched. That was home to her, the physical contact, feeling him close even if they weren’t doing anything exciting, it was normal, it was calming, and it was what she always knew. Haechan was the only stable island of her life, the only land that wasn’t non-unexplored, and didn’t sink into the ocean. The only constant star that she could always look at to come home. She didn’t know how she would’ve survived without him, without this.

“And what’s this?”

“Knives out, remember? The detective and the spoiled rich people being put back in their place?”

“Oh,” Haechan laughed, “I love it.”

The weekend passed by too fast for Hyejin’s liking, two days and a half felt like two hours, and when the erratic mood of the week picked up again, the last thing she wanted to hear was about Haechan’s ex coming back to Korea.

The grunt that escaped from her lips couldn’t masquerade the fake, sweet tone of her voice when she accepted tonight’s dinner through the phone, but Haechan couldn’t see her, and she was glad for that so they could avoid another countless fight over her.

Hyejin couldn’t get it. She simply couldn’t see why after all the pain she put him through, Haechan still welcomed her with open arms. Did he forget about what he had been through, what they had been through? Because she surely didn’t delete the memories of their nights up, her being Haechan’s shoulder to cry on, constantly, before they dated, while they dated, and after.

Zoya was perennial tears sewed into Haechan’s eyes and Hyejin had spent precious hours unstitching them to put a smile on his face.

But what could she do now? If she knew about the tears, she also knew the reason why, and if she had to be honest, and leave the childish pettiness in the back of her heart, she had to admit that lots of those tears were caused by Haechan himself being too caught up in her, and being just a dumb, teenager boy that didn’t know how to balance his emotions.

And after all, if they decided to meet again, it could only mean they made it up, patched up the shredded tapestry she ripped away when she left without a word, and they could start again, as friends.

Because that was what they were.

Friends.

All of them.

That was how it started; when Hyejin and Haechan approached the new shy girl from New Dehili who would always sit alone in a corner during lunch in elementary school. When they invited her home and helped her learn Korean as they slowly started to spend more and more time together. When Haechan’s eyes started shining with a different light in middle school every time he looked at her, and how her eyes never reciprocated the same glint. When Hyejin would stare in silence, feeling her heart sink in her chest, hearing her friend’s voice talk about her so full of love. When their trio stopped being one and Zoya found better friends, but somehow still kept in touch with Haechan, and all of a sudden there were no more tears left to dry on his cheeks.

Friends.

Until they weren’t.

Until Zoya and Haechan started dating. And she was back at their bigger high school table with all their friends, happy. And Hyejin wasn’t so sure about her place anymore, it surely wasn’t the place she wanted, but it was still at Haechan’s side, and even at Zoya’s side, even if she couldn’t recognize her friend anymore.

And now there was this awkward tension in the air as the car sprinted down Seoul’s streets, and Haechan sang carelessly as a Shinee song passed by the radio. She felt numb, unsure about what to feel. A tiny, invisible, part of her was happy to see her again. Surely, they had stopped talking like when they were kids, but she still considered Zoya her friend, and when she ripped a part of Haechan’s heart, she also ripped a part of hers. Another was terrified, because she knew her, and she envied her. Because during all the nights she spent awake, caressing Haechan’s cheeks, she slowly got why Haechan was so enchanted by her, and tonight was going to be yet another painful reminder.

“Why are you pouting since we arrived?” Haechan asked as they silently walked to the restaurant, his hands tucked in the pockets of his jeans, far away from her lingering hands begging to be taken into his.

Hyejin let out another bitter chuckle, rubbing her palms on her arms, trying to fight the cold and the nervousness. “I don’t get why she has to be here.”

“That’s literally for her, she’s finally coming back to Seoul after years, I think it’s only right to celebrate.”

Celebrate. What was to celebrate? Hyejin didn’t even know what she had come back for. “Yeah, whatever,” she whispered, so low under her breath that the cars passing by overshadowed her voice, not that Haechan would’ve given her an answer anyway. He was too caught up in what was about to happen, and even if he didn’t say it out loud, she knew he found her behaviour annoying and childish.

When they pushed the door of the restaurant Haechan picked for the occasion — a cosy, traditional place downtown — it didn’t take them long to spot Zoya at a table in the far corner of the room. She was eye-catching no matter where she was or what she wore, all eyes were on her so effortlessly.

“Hyuck!” She screamed, waving when they approached. Hyejin was standing right behind her boyfriend to shield herself from her because she knew that seeing her would’ve ruined her mood in a second.

“Zoya!” He greeted her back, pulling her into a tight hug. For Hyejin it lasted way too long but she couldn’t complain, it made sense; when she didn’t let jealousy take over her, it made sense.

“Hi,” Hyejin whispered, moving her hand shyly and feeling her heart drop when she finally, and bravely, took a look at her.

“Look at you, Hyejin,” Zoya cheered, perfect white teeth shining in a warm smile, unexpectedly bringing her close in a hug. “You got bangs? You look amazing.”

She found it hard to believe, especially when she looked like that. “Thanks,” she breathed out, shily tugging a strand of hair behind her ear, suddenly feeling too conscious about her appearance. “The red strands? You always rock bold looks,” she commented, staring at Zoya’s hair and how unfairly gorgeous she looked. Zoya was a goddess, and it wasn’t surprising it took Haechan months to get over her. If she was him, she probably wouldn’t ever get over her.

“Yeah. Wanted to try something new,” she said, sitting and watching them do the same, taking their place in front of her on the bench. “I even tried blonde, never again,” she joked, handing them the menu.

“I bet you looked beautiful even like that,” Haechan commented, his eyes beaming while he stared at the girl facing him, and Hyejin forced a smile on her lips while she hid her face behind the menu. Maybe focusing on the food was better than this.

“Hyejin.” Only at what might have been the 50th call of her name, Hyejin turned around and was brought back from blankly spacing into her plate. “Are you okay?” Zoya asked and she hummed, realizing she didn’t pay attention to a single word they had said, by now for half an hour.

“Yeah, just, sorry, I zoned out,” she smiled, hoping it would’ve been enough to brush away the awkwardness, after looking at Haechan who was staring at her before bringing his attention back to his food.

The red-haired showed her teeth in a reassuring smile and then spoke again, “We were talking about college; how did it go?”

“Stressful,” Hyejin mumbled. Real life sucked in her opinion, while everyone around her seemed so hyped about new adventures and work and bills to pay, she just wanted to cry and go back in time, maybe even pick a different major because, who would’ve thought, art doesn’t pay the bills as much as being a doctor does. And now that Zoya was here, she wished even more that college didn’t end. Why was she even back? She flew back to India for who knows what reason, and now was back in Seoul. To work? Or to steal Haechan from her?

“I felt the same but look at us now. There are so many roads we can take from now on!” She exclaimed and Hyejin faintly made out Haechan cheering in agreement before their conversation drifted somewhere else and she slumped in her thoughts again.

She didn’t do it on purpose, it was a mechanism of defence since she was a child. She couldn’t bear staying at their side for long before her brain started to compare herself with her, and that would lead to a weird mix of self-hatred and Zoya-hatred thoughts she couldn’t bear.

Zoya was perfect, actually. She had no reason to hate her, if only it wasn’t for what had been between her and Haechan before. Zoya hurt Haechan so much when she broke up with him with no warning and flew to another country, and the one that dried all his tears was her. She could still remember the nights spent up, talking him through it, trying to calm him down and uselessly trying to make him see that she never deserved him. And all those talks and cries led to this, to them, to Haechan finally realizing the feelings he had for Hyejin for so long and simply never wanted to admit. The same feelings she cherished in her heart secretly for years while she watched in the distance — or closeness — him being in love with someone else.

And now that Zoya was back, just as casually as she left, Hyejin couldn’t believe how things were flowing between them, it was as if nothing happened, as if all those tears that scratched Haechan’s cheeks had never fallen from his eyes, as if all the bleeding didn’t happen. How could Haechan forgive so easily? How could they still fit so perfectly?

When the dinner ended and they exchanged the last greetings, the walk to the car was silent but not tense and awkward like the walk there. Hyejin searched for Haechan’s hand and held it tight, locking their fingers and finally feeling at ease again. It was as if all the pieces went back into place when they were together and all her nonsense paranoids disappeared in the sky, drifting away in the wind.

“Was it so terrible?” Haechan asked, pulling his hand away to wrap his arm around her shoulders and push her close to his body.

Hyejin shook her head, hiding a dumb smile at his action, reclining her head to hide the warmth on her face. She couldn’t grade that night, not in an honest way at least, but she didn’t want to vent about it with him, she frankly didn’t want to talk about her for the rest of the night.

“Can we grab ice cream before going back home?” She asked, hoping Haechan wouldn’t have changed the topic again.

“Sure,” he said, opening the door of the passenger seat. “Hop inside, I’m taking you to our favourite place.”

Sitting on a bench with the chill air of the night and eating ice cream wasn’t the smartest idea but something about it was soothing. The quiet of that part of town, the blue sky over them, and the shoes on the ground of the people passing by were a nice accompaniment.

“Don’t lean into me,” Haechan said when she shifted closer, softly pushing her away and glaring at her.

“Why?” She pouted, creating a deep crease on her forehead.

“We know how clumsy you are, you will make it all drop on me,” he said, pointing at the cone in her hand.

She rolled her eyes, huffing loudly because, even if that made sense, she still wanted to be closer to him, and he pushed her away.

“Can I sleep at your place, at least?” She stopped, licking the chocolate and squeezing her eyes when the cold got to her brain. “So we can cuddle.”

“Cuddle?” Haechan teased, voice coming out lower while his lips curled in a smirk.

“Yes, dumbass,” she screamed, slapping his arm away. “You took me out with your ex, you’re not getting laid for at least a month.”

Haechan gasped dramatically, shaking his head. “One month? Why are you so cruel? I even paid for your ice cream.”

She shrugged, waving him off with a move of the hand. “Don’t care, can’t care, won’t ever care about it.”

The black-haired snorted, “Yeah, we know that you won’t last a month.”

“Bet?” The challenging look she reserved for him was supposed to appear more threatening than it was, but it only made her boyfriend chuckle.

Haechan scoffed, staring at her in disbelief. “Really?”

“Yeah, if you’re so sure that I will be the first one to give up, what do you have to lose?”

He snorted and then nodded. “Fine, fine, what do we bet?” He asked. “No,” he said, watching her smile turn into a devilish smirk. “Whatever you’re thinking, it’s a big no.”

“I’ll think about it, maybe money, maybe edging you for hours, maybe something funnier,” she winked, after licking her lips sensually.

“You are evil,” he huffed before going back to his ice scream that was almost finished.

“You are worse.”

Haechan scoffed. “By the way, of course, you can sleep at mine. Oh, wait, I hope my girlfriend isn’t home, maybe we should take this somewhere else.”

Hyejin pushed him away with a harsh push and almost made him fall to the ground.

“What has taken over you tonight?” He yelled, staring at her with wide eyes.

“That’s what you get,” she smirked before standing up. “And let’s head to the car, I wanna go home.”

Haechan hummed, throwing in the bin the paper in his hand, and then they started walking to his car, this time with their arms intertwined.

The way back home was quieter, while they hummed some tunes on the radio, trying to fight off the sleep from their eyes until they made it home. Once inside, Haechan turned on the heater and Hyejin walked straight to the bathroom to get ready for the night. She walked the place as if it was hers, knowing where everything was, moving around so nonchalantly.

And exactly the way she was walking in the living room, brown hair pinned back, big soft pajamas taking her clothes place, bare feet with socks on the wooden floor, and toothbrush in her mouth as she turned on the tv, trying to find something interesting, made something pop up in Haechan’s mind.

“Oh, Hyejin,” he called, making her turn around, head tilted to the side and a small dimple on her cheek. “I forgot to tell you something. I’m sorry, I wanted to, but it slipped my mind.”

She frowned and then ran to the bathroom to clean her mouth.

“There will be quite a big change,” Haechan said, leaning against the bathroom frame, watching as she dried her face with a towel and applied moisturizer on her face.

“A big change?”

“Yeah, you know since Mark and Renjun moved out I can’t afford this place all alone, so a new friend of mine will move in.”

“Oh, that’s great, so maybe you can start saving again,” she smiled, feeling happiness fill her heart.

“Yeah, and also start breathing again. We can spend more time together if I can drop one of my two jobs.”

“That’s amazing,” she cheered, cupping his cheeks before pulling him down to kiss his lips. “Do I know him?”

“Nope, not yet. I’ll introduce you to him next Friday.”

“I can’t wait to meet him.”

© neowinestaindress; all rights reserved. do NOT repost, modify, or translate any work from this blog on any other platform and claim it as yours. you can find my works on ao3 (neowinestaindress) and wattpad (winestaintedress_; currently inactive).

𝐓𝐀𝐆𝐋𝐈𝐒𝐓: @smwhirnthehaze ; @liliansun ; @moonstar127 ; @novawon | comment under the masterlist to be added | general taglist: @froggyforyoongi , @wingsss45 ; @tddyhyck

#nct fanfiction #haechan fluff #haechan angst #haechan smut #lee haechan fluff #lee haechan angst #lee haechan smut #nct 127 fluff #nct dream fluff #nct 127 angst #nct dream angst #nct 127 smut #nct dream smut #fic: glimpse of us

228 notes · View notes

fullsunrise · 1 year ago

Text

Delicate - Chapter 1

Sometimes I wonder; when you sleep are you ever dreaming of me?

Word count: 1.2k

Warnings: Mention of alcohol, themes of abuse, mention of nausea (if you feel uncomfortable with these themes, please don't read!)

A/N: Finally here's the first chapter! Hope y'all enjoy pure angsty Haechan

Read Chapter 2 here (x)

Despite the crisp autumn air outside, the air inside the nightclub was humid and thick. The strobe lights beamed through a layer of haze as the music and liquor pulsed through his veins. Haechan felt every beat in his chest as it spread throughout his body. With each drop of sweat, his worries from the day were pushed further and further away into the depths of his mind.

This had been a typical Friday night for Haechan since his twenty-first birthday. It had only been four months since the warm days of June, but he already felt like the days of shitty basement parties were long gone. No more puke-stained bathrooms, terrible music, and cheap liquor. Although the clubs he went to were only a step above those moldy basements, it was still better. Clubbing had given him the opportunity to let loose without worrying about running into every person he knew. He could drift away into a sea of strangers, letting his body become a part of the swaying crowd. The booming music and eye candy were a bonus.

Some nights he would go alone, but most of the time the usual suspects that tagged along were his roommates Jaemin and Jeno. After a few months of going to the same clubs, their nightly routine was nearly perfected. Jaemin would get a round of shots for everyone and then instantly regret ordering tequila, Jeno would leave the bar in search of a one-night stand, and Haechan would make a beeline straight to the dance floor.

While his roommates were occupied, Haechan’s eyes scanned the smoky, packed room. He quickly found that the short dresses and skirts didn't impress him. Bored with the selection on the dance floor, he let his gaze drift away towards the upstairs balcony. Through the thick atmosphere, he could barely make out two figures leaning against the railing. Their bodies were close together, with one silhouette towering over the other. At first glance, it looked like a cozy couple ready to leave. Normally Haechan wouldn't bother giving his full attention to some random couple at the club, but his curiosity got the better of him. He knew that his wandering eye would only get him in trouble, but what was the harm?

In his buzzed state, Haechan could've sworn he saw the larger silhouette grab a woman’s wrists in a tight grip. The woman seemed to struggle, trying to break free from his embrace. A lover's quarrel, Haechan thought to himself. He almost felt guilty for watching, knowing fully well he should be minding his own business. He observed for a bit longer, but once they began cuddling Haechan could feel his interest slip away. The show was over and it was time for him to continue his survey of the crowd around him.

There were too many couples. And way too many sloppy dancers. His prowl was leading him nowhere, and he was ready to give up. There was always another night, he pondered. Just because he couldn't find a dance partner didn't mean it was an unsuccessful night.

As Haechan started to push his way through the crowd back to the bar, the timing couldn't have been more perfect as a new song began. Sidetracked by the deep bass, it was easy for him to get lost in the rhythm. His eyes slowly closed as he felt a pair of hands wrap around his neck. The light pressure from the stranger’s back comforted him as he glided his hands over her hips. Haechan tried so hard to concentrate on the sensations of her motions, but his composure faltered when the sudden feeling of being watched washed over him.

His eyes were open in an instant, desperately searching the crowd. At first he couldn't locate the source of such intensity, but when his glance flickered upwards he saw her right away. It was the woman he saw on the balcony, staring right at him with a glistening stare. When the strobe light hit her in the right angle, he could see now that she was in a tight black mini dress. Her eyes shimmered in the light, but he couldn't tell if it was her dark, glittery makeup or tears.

He was instantly entranced by her and he couldn't look away even if he tried. Her eyes were piercing into his as if they were begging him to enter her world. He could get lost in them, he thought. Just as he declared to himself she would be the one for tonight, he felt the woman in his arms drift away. His trance was shattered just as quickly as it was built when he focused on the woman in front of him. Before he could see her face, her back was already turned around to continue dancing with her friend. As he brushed off the interaction, he once more set his eyes to the balcony in hopes of sealing his fate.

To his disappointment, the spot on the balcony was now empty. His eyes rapidly darted to all corners of the club in search of the woman in the black dress but she was nowhere to be found. Although he didn't want to give up just yet, he could tell the night was getting late. He pulled out his phone from his pocket to check the time, and a bright 1:30am glared back at him. There were also multiple texts and missed calls from Jeno, demanding Haechan to help Jeno out because Jaemin was "trashed beyond belief".

Maybe that couple went home after all, he mused. That didn't stop him from fantasizing about what she must've looked like up close. What would she feel like under his touch? What would her voice sound like? What would she have smelled like? Would it have been sweet, like wildflowers? Or warm and inviting like vanilla? Sultry like cigarettes and whiskey?

Haechan shook those thoughts from his head. Why was he so caught up on her? It's not like she was the most attractive woman he's ever seen. Then why was she clouding his head like a thick smoke?

Maybe she was a ghost. He laughed at the thought as he stepped into the front seat of a taxi. A disgruntled Jeno and a passed out Jaemin were in the back seat. Haechan thought he must've gone mad. A ghost wasn't entirely out of the question. Maybe it was better if he pretended she was a ghost, that way he wouldn't have felt guilty witnessing her lover’s tight grip on her wrists. No matter how hard he tried to ignore it, his heart stung. In his head he made his way to her and whisked her away. But instead Jeno pushed him through the club doors, and Haechan wasn't strong enough to stand his ground.

It was impossible to shake the image of her as he threw his body on the tangled sheets. As Haechan closed his eyes, the room began to spin from underneath him. The nausea hit almost immediately, and he cursed at himself. Fighting the urge to run to the toilet, he reached for something in his mind to keep him tethered to his bed. All he could find was the girl from the balcony, as she stood front of him with her deep, smoky stare. He tried to grab onto her face, but his impaired mind weaved in and out consciousness before he could reach her.

#nct 127 #nct dream #nct fanfic #haechan #haechan fanfic #nct #nct dream fanfic #lee haechan #nct 127 fanfic

30 notes · View notes

myaheartsmarkie · 3 years ago

Text

word count: 8.9k

synopsis: johnny has been a very loyal customer of yuta’s, he’s been supplying him with weed since the first time johnny smoked. yuta had never met his roommate though, every time he came over to smoke you were always else where. after one smoke session, yuta becomes more than just your roommate’s dealer...

warning(s): 18+ only!! pls, minors dni!! pwp, some fluff if u squint lol, small angst, smut smut smut!!, lots of teasing, so much dialogue, sexual tension!!, cursing, jealous yuta!, cross faded (weed + alcohol consumption) drug intoxication (just weed, none of that crazy shit lmao), unprotected sex (wrap it up ya nasties), fingering, oral (m + f receiving!), light breath play!, face fucking, thigh slapping (just a bit!!), pet names (princess, baby, etc..) drug dealer! stoner! dom! yuta, sub! stoner! fem! reader, bsf/roomie! johnny! ( mark, haechan, and lucas appear in tiny supporting roles!! ) lmk if i missed anything please & ty !!

note from mya: yall...so this is the longest one-shot i’ve ever written but i actually enjoyed writing it...but it did take a while. props to those of y’all that write these all the time bcus...whew! and ofc this isn’t revised bcus fuck that shit. this was written for this series btw! reblog, like, and feedback is greatly appreciated, enjoy!!

inspo: “dreams, fairy tales, fantasies” by asap ferg x brent faiyaz

“i’m never getting drunk again” johnny slurred, his fingers massaging his temples.

you giggled looking at the boy, fiddling with the spoon in your cereal.

“you say that every time you get a hangover john” you tell him, earning a glare from him.

“fuck you” he tells you, throwing a pillow your way.

“i love you too, bestie” you stick your tongue out at your best friend.

getting up to put your bowl in the sink. you hum to yourself while washing the bowl. sitting the bowl and spoon in the dish rack. you dry your hands and make your way back to the living room. picking up your backpack and keys you walk to the front door. johnny pouts, waving bye to you.

“why do you have to go to class so early?” he asks, pout evident in his voice.

“i ask myself that every morning” you laugh, slipping on your shoes.

“who’s gonna take care of me now?!” he dramatically falls backwards, letting out a loud sigh.

“there’s advil in my medicine cabinet, drink water and make sure you eat ok?” you remind the boy. he gives a thumbs up in response.

closing the door behind yourself you make your way to the parking garage.

—

you found an empty table in the cafeteria, sitting your belongings down. once settled you pull out your phone and open instagram. clicking through the stories absentmindedly. one particular story catches your attention. you make a face at the boys recent story. it’s a selfie of him and a few other boys you don’t know. you take notice of the many alcohol bottles and red cups scattered behind them. this was probably from last night’s ‘grand frat party’. thrown by none other than the one and only jung jaehyun. who just so happens to also be your douchebag of an ex. you tap the screen, skipping to the next story.

[ party this friday! @ the NCT Frat House! ]

the deadpan expression on your face said it all. with a roll of your eyes, you put your phone back in your pocket.

—

you sighed as you walked towards your apartment, taking a hit from your pink juul. all you wanted to do was get high and take a nap. that exam for Prof. Yeong’s class was a bitch. punching in the pass code to your door you walked in, announcing your arrival. after slipping your shoes off you count the pairs, seeing two extras. you look up and find two unfamiliar men sitting on the couch. your eyebrows crinkle in confusion. the awkward air was so thick you could cut it.

“oh yn, you’re home!” johnny smiled, a pack of woods in hand.

you point to the men on the couch and johnny answers your silent question.

“yn, this is lucas and yuta. guys, this is yn” the two nod.

lucas wore a white shirt and black jeans. his muscles were quite evident. yuta was dressed in a gray sweatsuit, a wax pen in his left hand. you took notice of the many piercings and pieces of jewelry he wore. lucas wore a grin overlooking your appearance. suddenly you felt like your skirt was too short under his gaze.

yuta on the other hand didn’t change his face one bit. he barely made eye contact and when he did it was only for a second. you found it weird but brushed it off. saying bye you start making your way to your room.

“oh, we were about to roll up right now..if you wanna take some hits” johnny calls out to you.

you ponder on it, and nod your head.

“just lemme go change” you give your roommate a small smile before turning around.

after he heard your room door shut, Lucas turned to johnny.

“dude, why didn’t you ever tell us your roommate was so fine” lucas whisper shouted, not wanting you to overhear. johnny just laughs with a shake of his head.

“she had a boyfriend when we moved in together, they barely broke up like 4 months ago” your roommate replies. “so what i'm hearing..is she's on the market” lucas says slyly.

“you’re such a dog” yuta comments, taking a hit of his waxpen.

lucas fakes a pout nudging yuta’s shoulder with his own.

“your words scar me deeply, buddy” lucas says, cuddling into yuta’s side. yuta pulls an annoyed face and pushes the bigger man away from him.

“fuck off lucas” lucas laughs loudly, giving yuta his personal space back.

you walk back out of your room. now dressed in some sweats and one of johnny's hoodies you claimed as your own. you sit on the other side of johnny. he smiles at the oversized hoodie of his and continues working on the blunt.

“who brought it?” you ask, wondering what kind of weed it is.

johnny nods towards to yuta. your eyes follow.

“you did?” you point at the boy, he looks at you and nods.

“yn’s a picky little shit about what she smokes” johnny says aloud.

yuta nods in understanding, while lucas laughs at this.

“when you're that pretty, you deserve to be picky” he says, looking at you intently.

you purse your lips at his statement. not knowing what to say. instead you blush slightly and move your eyes back to johnny.

“she prefers sativa over everything else” johnny tells yuta.

“there’s no way, have you not smoked any of my shit?” the slim boy asks you.

you shake your head no.

“johnny’s selfish” you pout, leaning your head on his shoulder.

the statement earns a laugh from johnny and yuta.

“well today’s gonna change your life” yuta says cockily.

“im gonna hold you to that!” you tell him, pointing your index finger in his direction.

biting back the urge to smile at your cuteness he laughs with a nod and turns his attention elsewhere.

a few moments later johnny announces he’s finished and excitement runs through your veins.

“you want first hit?” johnny asks you, you nod excitedly.

with a ruffle of your hair he passed you the blunt and a lighter. bringing the blunt in between your lips you spark it. inhaling a few puffs your eyes go wide. swallowing the smoke you blow it out with a smile.

“holy fuck” you say, looking at yuta.

he shrugs his shoulders with an expression that says ‘i told you so’.

“this is some good shit” you compliment his stash.

bringing the blunt to your lips again you take another hit, savoring the feeling of the smoke hitting the back of your throat. passing it to yuta, you smile at him. he lets out a small laugh at your actions. sitting back into the couch he takes a few hits himself.

“you like it, huh?” johnny asks you, and you look at him with a wide smile. he laughs ruffling your hair again. you pout and push his hand away.

“stop it, im not a kid” you tell johnny, to which he only smiles at.

letting your hair down from the hair tie you run your hands through it. putting the hair tie in your mouth you attempt to fix what johnny ruined. yuta’s eyes follow your movement with heavy eyes. pulling your hair back, you twist it and put it back in a ponytail. yuta feels a rush of excitement flow through him.

“here” johnny tells you absentmindedly. you grab the blunt from his hand.

“lucas, when’s the next frat party?” johnny asks.

“tomorrow actually, you guys coming? ” johnny looks over at you.

you blew out the smoke and sucked it right back in just to push it out through your nose. you smile at yourself, not even realizing all the eyes on you. once you do, you start to giggle.

“what are you guys looking at?” you laugh, leaning towards johnny.

“we’ve been smoking together since we graduated high school and she’s still a lightweight,” johnny shakes his head.

“not funny, suh” you glare at your bestie.

“I'm sorry, but it’s true. look at you right now” he retorts.

“yeah yeah, whatever” you stick your tongue out at him, continuing to get higher.

after a few more hits you pass it to yuta. when he grabs it, his fingers purposely brush over your own. you tilt your head at the action. eyes following his movements as he brings the blunt up to his lips and connects his eyes with yours. you look at each other for a while before yuta motions towards the lighter in your hand. paying no mind to his open hand, you move closer and spark the blunt for him yourself. he smirks and sinks back into the couch.

“gross” johnny says, standing up.

“lucas come help me get some snacks and drinks.” the taller boy nods and follows suite.

meanwhile, you soak up yuta’s looks. his long black hair messy from his hand running through it so many times. his now sunken in red eyes, the silver eyebrow piercing glistening prettily in the light. you tilt your head, eyes moving lower. his perfect nose, pretty lips and sharp jawline. this boy was fine as hell. the question that kept running through your mind was why have you never met him? even though you are a ‘keep to myself’ typa person you haven’t even seen him around campus. thoughts overflowing your brain you didn’t even realize that you were still staring and he was talking to you.

“yn? hello?” yuta says, waving his hand in front of your face.

you blink twice, now sitting up straight.

“yeah? sorry, i was daydreaming” you sheepishly admit.

the boy laughs, passing the blunt back to you. to which you happily accept, needing a reason not to talk anymore.

“all good, were you daydreaming about me?” he asks boldly, staring right at you.

when you look back at him your nerves go crazy.

“hm? what? of course not!” you defend yourself.

yuta laughs and scoots closer to where you’re seated on the floor.

“you’re cute when you’re flustered” he taunts you, patting your head like a child.

you blink, not fully registering what’s happening right now. up close he’s way prettier. his cologne fills your nose, and his gold chain comes into view. you take another hit of the blunt not knowing how to reply. when your lips part to blow the smoke out he grabs your face. looking at him with wide eyes, crinkling your eyebrows in confusion.

“shotgun me” he says in a low dominant tone.

you don’t know why, but you listen. sitting up on your knees you tilt your head. lips only mere centimeters from each other. you blow the smoke into his mouth and he sucks it in, eyes never leaving yours. the overwhelming feeling of being this close to someone this attractive has you going weak in the knees. grabbing onto his thighs for support you let out a small sigh, looking down to the ground. you hear a low chuckle come from his mouth. looking back up, his face is now closer than before. he takes in your features, tugging his bottom lip with his teeth.

“can i kiss you?” he asks, staring at your lips.

you struggle to find words, your throat is all dried up. so instead of using your words you showed him. crashing your lips onto his, you could taste the smoke on his lips. moaning into his mouth at the taste. his hands crawled up your body. starting at your hips, they made their way up your back and under your shirt. you snapped back to reality when the coldness of his rings touched you. pulling back you catch your breath, taking his hands into your own.

“we can’t do this here,” you whispered, still a bit out of breath.

“and you’re my roommates dealer!! i can’t be with you” you quietly shouted, not wanting the two in the kitchen to overhear.

“who gives a shit, yn” yuta said, almost like it was common sense. he wrapped his arms around your waist.

“i want you, you want me” he stated, tucking a stray hair behind your ear.

“so who’s to say we can’t have what we want? we’re fucking grown” the seriousness was evident in his voice.

“we just met, i don’t want you. i-it’s just the weed” you said sternly, pushing his hands away. turning away from the boy with a huff, crossing your arms over your chest. he chuckles at your childish antics. pinching your cheek, cooing at your cuteness.

“sure doll, whatever you say.” he taunts you with his words.

“you know if you were sober you’d still want this” turning your face to his with a finger under your chin.

you stare back at him, not letting his gaze intimidate you. with a small smile you got closer to his face. close enough that you could feel his breath fanning over your features, but far enough to not be touching him.

“oh, are you tryna show me you're a big girl right now?” he teased, adjusting himself in his seat.

a playful smirk shown on his face, obviously enjoying this little game.

“it’s just my high that’s making you fine” you tell him, earning a laugh.

“you think i’m fine?” he asked, giving you a look. rolling your eyes, you turn away from him again. finding your seat again you sat cross-legged.

johnny and lucas make their way out of the kitchen and back to their respective seats. Johnny hands you your drink and mimics your seated position. your head naturally falls back to his shoulder.

“awe man, fuck you two! they smoked the rest” lucas whines. you laugh at the annoyed look on his face. you were slowly coming down from your high as your eyes fluttered shut, sleep overcoming your senses.

—

you could barely keep your eyes open in this damn class, wanting so badly to take a hit of your pen in your pocket. today was a lazy day for you, dressed in a comfortable velour sweatsuit and your favorite pair of sneakers. you didn’t bother to do anything special to your hair either. it was out of your face, held back by a pretty pink butterfly clip. you didn’t understand why statistics was a mandatory class and you were a photography major. make it make sense. just as you were about to excuse yourself from your seat and go home, a familiar figure saunters into the big classroom. his silky black hair bouncing with every step. he scans the room as if he’s looking for someone. once his eyes connect with yours a playful grin spreads across his face. making his way up to where you were sitting, he invites himself to the unoccupied one next to you.

“come here often?” he asks you, his pretty smile coming into view.

you let out a quiet chuckle, shaking your head.

“what are you doing here?” you ask him, never having seen him here before.

“im in class what does it look like im doing” he tells you, sarcasm dripping from every word.

“it’s the second semester and i’ve never seen you here once” you eyed him suspiciously.

“just enjoy and appreciate my presence, doll” he throws a wink your way, sliding down in his seat. moving his arm to rest on the back of your chair. his fingers dance on your shoulder, rubbing at the material of your jacket. you pick up your pen, scribbling down whatever information seemed resourceful. paying no mind to the many eyes that were on you, eyeing the chemistry between you and the infamous man seated next to you. casually his fingers grow greedier, moving from your shoulder to your arm and eventually further down. his hand now rests on your hip, toying with the waistband of your sweatpants. you look at him, your eyes telling him don’t get any ideas. he feigns innocence, looking at you as if he’s not mere inches away from your heat. sliding his hand down your thigh and back up his fingers briefly touch your heat. you throw a glare his way, grabbing his hand in yours.

“stop it, i’m trying to focus.” you quietly shout at the man. he only laughs at you, cooing about how cute he thinks you are.

“im serious, yuta! can you please just behave” you ask him with pleading eyes. you didn’t want any attention on you. you hated it. you hated when people look at you for too long, when their eyes judge you, or when you cause a scene and everybody's watching your every move.

something clicks in yuta when you tell him to behave though. something he didn’t like. he didn’t want you telling him to behave. fuck that shit. he tells you to behave. he tells you to be a good girl for himand take his fingers thrusting in and out of your heat no matter where you guys are. and you better be fucking quiet about it too. all you’re supposed to do is shut up and listen to him. you don’t give commands, telling him what to do and what not to do. fuck that, fuck that. his dick twitches in his jeans when he thinks of teasing you in public and you acting like nothing is happening underneath the table. he thinks of all the things he can do to you. all the things he wants to do to you. shoving his dick down your throat, making you gag around his length. tears brimming your eyes as he overstimulates you as much as he wants. he swallows a groan that wishes to escape from his throat.

his eyes overlook your appearance, god you’re so pretty. he thinks to himself. watching as you push your glasses back up on your face. a few stray hairs falling in your face as your head hangs low, writing intently in your notebook. why hadn’t he introduced himself earlier? why wait so long? where the fuck have you been his whole life?

he bites his lip as he watches your tongue poke out of your mouth, wetting your lips. you didn’t do it with sexual intent, but it still made him twitch. he wanted you so bad. if he could, he would have you bent over this desk right here, drilling you from the back. making you take his whole length, fucking you into oblivion. fucking you till you couldn’t walk properly. god, that would be a sight. you stumbling out of his bed to go pee after he rearranged your guts. thinking about how cute you would look, struggling to stand because of how hard he fucked you. he smiles absentmidnely at the thought.

“knock knock, anyone home?” you softly knock on his forehead, trying to grab his attention.

the man shakes his head, finally brought back down to earth.

“yeah? what’s up?” he’s mildly out of breath, trying to recollect himself from his nasty fantasies.

“do you wanna grab lunch with me?” you ask, standing up and collecting your belongings.

“yeah, sure! what are you in the mood for?” he mimics your actions, slinging your backpack over his shoulder for you. you thank him with a smile, following behind him as he leads the way out.

“i’m not sure actually, maybe burgers? kinda want some grease” you sheepishly admit. to this he smiles at, liking your honesty.

“ok, let’s go then” he puts his hand out for you to grab. you happily oblige, intertwining your fingers.

—

john <3: babe do you want leftovers or for me to make you something fresh?

you eye the text message from your best friend. you know yuta sees it too. wiping your hands with a napkin before picking up your phone.

you: oh, im eating right now actually. so you dnt have to worry!!

john <3: hm? really? you usually come home and eat my food tho :(

john <3: who are you and where’s yn!! >:(

you let out a small laugh at his message. yuta knows he shouldn’t be jealous, but he is. the pet name and the fact that he’s not the center of your attention making his emotions go crazy.

you: you can still make me dinner :P

john <3: tonight’s the frat party dummy, but if ur not going then i’ll make u sumn to warm up.

you: oh yeah huh..damn

you: i have a test on monday :/ so i was supposed to study.

john <3: k, then i’ll make u sumn quick. it’ll be in the fridge for you, ok?

you: kk! bye, love u.

you sit your phone back down and look at the pouting boy in front of you.

“what’s the matter?” you ask, fighting the urge to pinch his cheeks.

“johnny” he says.

“johnny?” your eyebrows furrowed in confusion.

“what do you mean? what about johnny?” you tilt your head out of confusion.

“how come he calls you that” yuta pouts, reaching for you hand.

“what, babe? he always does” you tell the man in front of you.

“he calls me dummy, idiot, honey, babe..ma-”

“ok ok, i get it” yuta cuts your sentence short. he lets go of your hand and folds them over his chest. why does johnny get to call you all those names? deep down he knows that it’s because you guys have been acquainted for a long time so it’s only natural. —but that’s not the point right now. he doesn’t want logic, he wants to be jealous because that’s how he feels. you laugh and reach for his hands again but he doesn’t let you.

“yuta come on, stop being petty.” you pout at the boy, he glances at you but remains unwavered. your eyebrows crinkle at his reaction, not understanding why he was being so petty. you stand and sit beside the man, wanting to get closer.

“yuta” you softly call out to him, dragging the last letter out.

raising your hand to glide across his arm, leaving goosebumps on his skin. you dip down to his neck, breath hot on his skin. he sucks in a breath. ‘keep your composure, don’t be a wimp’ he tells himself. you leave a small kiss on the back of his neck, right under his ear. poking your tongue out to kitten lick him jokingly. you giggle, wrapping your arms around his shoulders.

“don’t be mad at me, please” you pout, looking at him with your pretty eyes.

he sighs, wrapping his arms around your waist.

“fucking hate you” he mumbles into your hair.

“mm sure you do” you whisper, smiling up at him.

—

yuta pulls up to your apartment, putting the car in park.

“thanks for the ride” you tell him, sending a small smile his way.

he returns the action, telling you it was nothing.

“i’ll see you tonight then?” he asks, referring to the party.

“actually not sure, i have a test to study for—on Monday” you say, unbuckling your seatbelt.

you don’t miss the disappointed look that washes over his features.

“you can study on the weekend though, i’ll even help you” he offers to help you, trying to get you to come to the party.

part of you wants to go, but you know you’re gonna see him. it’s a party thrown by his fucking fraternity. of course he’s gonna be in attendance, you can’t imagine seeing him. all those emotions and memories flooding to the forefront of your mind. no, fuck that. you didn’t wanna see how good he looked, or how well he’s been holding up without you. you’d rather gouge your eyes out with a pen. god you wished you weren’t so weak sometimes. you knew you had developing feelings for yuta, there’s no denying that. but jaehyhun was your everything at one point in time. he was the only one you seen, you gave him your everything for 2 and a half fucking years. so there’s no surprise as to why you still had lingering feelings for the said male. you wanted so badly to go with yuta though, to show him that he wasn’t the only person capable of moving on. the only difference being you’re not just sleeping with anyone — you genuinely liked yuta and could see yourself and him having a future. bringing yourself out of your thoughts you direct your eyes to the male in the driver seat. he looks effortlessly ethereal, the sun shining on his honey skin. illuminating his brown pupils, you smile at him.

“you’re so handsome” you blurt out. your comment makes yuta smile.

“stop, im blushing” you both laugh.

leaning in to plant a chaste kiss to your temple, he smiles down at you.

“if you come tonight, i’d be beyond thrilled,” he caresses your face, pushing the stray hairs out of your face.

“—if you choose to not come, that's fine too. it’s your choice, baby” he tells you, showing that stupidly cute smile of his. you nod in understanding, kissing his cheek. you go to open the door. stepping out and grabbing your bag, you start to wave bye. he opens his glove compartment, grabbing a clear bag. handing it to you, you grab it excitedly knowing what it is.

“is it the same from that day?” you ask, beaming at the man in front of you.

he smiles and nods his head yes. you squeal.

“handsome and he gives me free weed?! somebody pinch me” you smile widely, thanking yuta.

waving bye to each other, he watches you make your way upstairs. mumbling a small ‘cute’ seeing you skip down the hall. after waiting for you to get inside, he then pulls off.

—

you scratch your scalp with the pencil in your hand. groaning you let your head fall onto your desk. your tummy growls, practically begging to be fed. double tapping your screen you check the time on your phone. 7:30pm. you sigh, pushing yourself out of your chair. wrapping your throw blanket around your body you make your way to the kitchen. scouring the fridge for the dinner johnny left for you. your eyes land on the tupperware up at the top with a sticky note.

‘for my favorite girl <3’ you smile at the cheesy note.

you smile even harder when you realize what’s inside. picking up your phone you press the text message icon.

you: UGHH JOHNNY BEST BOY!! I LOVE U SFM

john <3: lmaooo are you high??

you: not yet,,but im talking abt what u made me :( i lub u

john <3: lol, its nothing. eat up, ok? imu

you: oh trust, will. :)) same hereeee

john <3: alr honey, i’ll ttyl.

you turn your phone off, waiting eagerly for the food to finish warming up. johnny’s question reminded you that yuta gave you some weed earlier. you were only cloud nine. your favorite food and good bud? who could ask for more? you mind drifted aimlessly as you ate alone at the table. scrolling through tiktok as you spoon the food into your mouth at the same time. eventually growing tired of social media, you close the app. with a sigh you stare at the wall ahead. now that you were fed, you did want to smoke but you can’t roll a blunt to save your life. johnny always rolling them for you. sighing you go back to your room. your mind drifted to yuta, you wondered what he was doing right now. you wanted to know what he was wearing to the party, cursing yourself for not getting his number earlier. you knew he looked good though. you didn’t even need to see proof, you knew he looked fine as fuck tonight. maybe a little too fine..your mind thought of all the girls that are probably gawking at him. hoping they could go home with him. you sat up with a pout. no way could you let that happen! yuta wasn’t available to them, he’s supposed to be yours..right? you hated the thought of any other girl receiving the same treatment as you. free weed, burgers, and company in a class he didn’t have? fuck that. you jumped out of bed and went to go shower.

—

walking up to the familiar frat house, you swallow hard. throat suddenly dried up due to the deja vu. as if on cue a familiar blue headed man shouts your name.

“yn?! is that you?!” mark yells, making his way towards you.

your eyes widened, he looks good. the taller boy walks up to you and envelopes you into a hug.

“you look so hot” he compliments, smiling at you.

“thanks, you look good too” mark laughs and hands you a beer.

“what brings you here today? you haven’t been back here in a hot minute” mark asks, arm hanging loosely on your shoulder.

you shrug not wanting to tell him.

“just cause i guess” you lie, he nods.

“well, if your still good at beer pong i could use you later!” he says loudly, slurring a bit.

you laugh and nod, bidding your goodbye’s. you make your way past the sweaty bodies inside, looking for your tall best friend. spotting the top of his blonde hair you walk in that direction. he’s standing with three others, red cup in hand. only recognizing two, haechan and yuta. the brown headed boy’s eyes widen at your sudden appearance, jumping off of the couch to tackle you into a hug. lifting you off the ground he spins you around. you let out a little squeal at the action.

“oh my god, what the fuck” he yells, out of breath. holding your face in his hands, as if he were checking if you were real.

“it’s been so long” he pouts, pulling you in for another hug. after pulling away his hands linger on your waist too long for yuta’s liking. poking his cheek with his tongue out of sheer annoyance.

“i know huh, im sorry” you look down, feeling bad for ghosting him and any other friend you made through your ex.

you thought you were making the right decision. you didn’t wanna make them choose, so you chose for them. blocking some and just outright ignoring others. you didn’t want any confrontations with anyone about who was whose friend first. fuck all that.

“it’s fine, you just better text me after tonight.” the younger boy scolds you, and you nod obediently.

yuta is now even more annoyed. are you foreal listening to him? he’s younger than you! not to mention the lack of honorifics.

“i will, definitely!” you smile, patting the younger boy atop his head.

hyuck was like a little brother to you. growing up an only child, you longed for a younger sibling. you wanted to take care of someone. haechan gave that to you. you guys grew close during yours and jaehyun’s relationship. sometimes you would even come over to see haechan and not jae.

“mmm, i missed you so much” you whined, ruffling his hair before pulling him into your chest.

the younger one melts into your touch, wrapping his arms around your waist. his hands a bit too close to your ass while his face rests atop your exposed cleavage.

“me too, noona” he smiles into your touch.

yuta was beyond angry. fuming, livid, he was seeing red. he stands, scowl evident. stalking over to you and haechan he tugs your wrist. you pout, but follow him. johnny and haechan give you a look. haechan seems worried and confused, while johnny has a smirk on his lips. as if he knows something you don’t.

“yuta can you please—ouch!” your sentence is cut short when a larger man runs into you, spilling some of his drink on you.

yuta looks back at the interaction, hand still gripping your tiny wrist. your mouth was agape and the mans face wore an annoyed look.

“what the fuck! oh my god” you sighed, looking down at the sticky liquid dripping down your arms and dress.

“watch where you’re going next time” the unfamiliar man tells you, turning around nudging you in the process. yuta was already mad as hell, somebody’s night was about to be ruined and this dickhead right here seemed like the perfect opportunity.

“hey asshole — apologize” yuta shouts over the loud music. pulling you by your wrist, he protectively puts you behind his back. you cling to his arm, peeking from behind his elbow.

“what’d you say to me?” the man replies, laughing.

“i didn’t stutter, apologize. and do it now” his words dripped with dominance.

“look here, if your little dumbass back there didn’t bump into me—i would still have my drink. i think she owes me an apology and a drink” he looks around for approval from the crowd, nodding at the few laughs that erupt from the crowd.

“oh so you’re a funny guy” yuta laughs mockingly, slipping out of his jacket. he drapes it around your shoulders and kisses your forehead.

“gimme a few minutes, and you’re still in trouble” you pout at the statement, but you’re more worried about what’s going to happen.

yuta steps forward towards the man, rolling his shoulders backwards. you see johnny and haechan out of the corner of your eyes. johnny and you make eye contact and he gives you a thumbs up, probably in response to the worried expression on your face. the man steps forward as well, he’s a few inches taller than yuta but he doesn’t seem intimidated at all.

“fight! fight! fight! fight!” the crowd starts to chant.

“come on guys, i can’t knock out some—” his sentence is cut short when yuta’s fist collides with his jaw. a mixture of spit and blood come out of his mouth as he falls to the ground. with a cocky smirk yuta bends down where he’s laid, out cold.

“next time, just say sorry” he taps his cheek, taunting the man with his pretty smile.

standing up he brushes his hands off and makes his way back to you, picking up where he left off. dragging you off somewhere. you’re still shocked about what just happened, but you follow him nonetheless.

—

“thanks, for the clothes and what you did.” you mumbled, fiddling with the sleeves of your (his) jacket.

you were now dressed in one of yutas shirts and a pair of his sweatpants.you looked ridiculous.

“don’t mention it, and he was an ass” yuta says nonchalantly.

you chuckle.

“do you wanna smoke, baby?” he asks you, your head perches up at the question.

you nod eagerly. reaching out to you, he ruffles your hair with a smile. grabbing the tray from the side of his seat he asks you to hand him the bag out of the compartment in front of you. you do as your told, handing him the gram that’s inside along with a pack of raws (little papers u roll the weed in lol)

you watch intently as he rolls up, trying your best to not miss anything. you had to learn one day, johnny’s not gonna roll your blunts forever. occasionally he bring the joint to his lips to lick the paper so it’ll stay in place and you blush. may or may not wish you were the joint.

“all finished, here. you hit it first” you smile and grab the joint from his fingers.

placing it between your lips you lean forward, silently asking for a spark. he does so. puffing a few times you inhale the smoke and blow it back out. you sigh at the feeling that washes over you. nothing like the first hit.

“how do you know haechan?” yuta asks, staring at you intently.

“we met through my ex, he’s like my little brother” you answer, saying it exactly for what it was.

“ex?” he says, obviously wanting to know who you were referring too.

you sigh. passing him the joint.

“it’s a long story” you say, turning your body towards his.

“i got time” he replies, blowing the smoke out.

“yuta” you call him, he hums in response.

he turns his body towards yours as well, finding your eyes.

“if you don’t wanna tell me that’s fine” he reassures you.

you wanna tell him but you also don’t wanna push him away either. after you open up to someone it’s hard for you to keep in touch. there’s a reason why johnny’s your only friend. after that breakup, you hadn’t been the same.

“next time, promise” you tell him, lifting your pinky.

he intertwined his with your sealing it with a ‘kiss’. you both laugh at the small interaction. finishing the joint you look at yuta with heavy red eyes. your high was 10x better than last time since you hotboxed the car. sitting in a cloud of smoke, breathing in the recycled air. you laugh to yourself. yuta was high as well, but his tolerance was better than yours.

“yuta!” you call out to the man and he smiles.

climbing over the middle compartment you invade his personal bubble. plopping yourself right on top of him, legs on either side of his thighs.

“what can i do for you?” he asks, his hands finding your hips.

“you said i was in trouble” you pouted, hands on his chest. that’s right, you were in trouble huh. yuta totally forgot.

“that’s right, you were in trouble.” he replies, hands traveling under your shirt.

“what did i do?” you tilt your head, trying to remember all that you did.

“you were too close to haechan” he says.

your eyes widen in surprise. haechan?! flabbergasted was an understatement!

“wait wait wait” you say, trying to wrap your head around everything

“i’m in trouble because i was too close to hyuckie?” you ask again, sounding like a broken record.

“exactly” he answers in all seriousness.

“you do realize he’s like my little brother, right? i don’t like him” you remind him.

he shrugs in response, his hands rubbing the small of your back.

“of course you don’t like him, he’s not me” he says nonchalantly, leaving small kisses on your chest.

your eyes flutter shut at the contact, hands sliding behind his neck to play with the hair on his nape. trailing his kisses up to your ear he whispers.

“get in the back, princess” you obey his command, sliding off his lap and climbing to the back.

with a grin he follows. as soon as you two are settled, he attacks your lips. kissing you hungrily his hands roam your body. trailing down your back to grip your ass. you let out a squeal of surprise, and he inserts his tongue in your mouth. the two of your tongues fight for dominance, yuta reigning victorious of course. breathing hard you both continue making out, yuta’s hands still gripping your butt. you moan when you pull away from the kiss out of breath. trying to steady you rake a hand through your hair. smirking at you he pulls you in by your hips. you let out a yelp when he pushes you down on his boner. he groans in bliss, loving the feeling of your clothed heat against him.

“make yourself feel good, love” he tells you, his hands moving to rest behind his head.

with a bite of your lip, you begin to move against his hard length. with a few shaky breaths, you set a pace. yuta smiles up at you, loving the sight in front of him. your messy hair, breath ragged, moving against his clothed length? he was so ready to put a baby in you, with no regrets either. you throw your head back when he grabs your hips and moves you faster and harder against him. his thoughts egging him on. you bite your lip to swallow the moan daring to escape. grabbing his neck you pull him in for a messy kiss. disconnecting from each other, a string of saliva following suit.

“you’re so hot” he tells you, hips still moving against each other.

only stopping once he felt too close to cumming. he would hate himself if he came in his pants like a virgin. he’s been wanting to fuck you for so long, so he was set on cumming inside you. you whine his name when he stops moving against you. hands hitting his chest lightly, pouting at the man under you.

“don’t worry i’ll give you something better” he winks, flipping you under him in an instant.

you yelp in surprise. his hands toyed with the band of your sweats, eyes asking for permission. you shyly nod. he grins and pulls them down. his eyes eagerly take in the sight of your legs. bringing your legs to rest over his shoulders, he kisses your inner thighs. you let out a light groan, watching his every move. his kisses lead up to your heat and he leaves an open mouthed kiss right next to where you need him the most.

“yutaaa” you whine, hands finding his hair.

he laughs and rubs your hips with his fingers.

“what do you want?” you buck your hips up, silently answering. he tuts at your actions, slapping your thigh. a mix of a moan and a scream escapes your throat.

“use your words” he scolds you, voice lathered with dominance.

“i want you to eat m-me out” you answer, not quite able to look him in the eyes.

he leaves one more slap to your thigh, a bit harder than the first one. you moan again.

“p-please?” you add, tears brimming at the burning of your thigh. he rubs it with his fingers, and you look down at him. the skin on your thigh turning red. yuta kisses the spot he smacked, attempting to soothe the pain he caused you.

“good girl” was the last thing you heard before his mouth was on your heat.

your back arches at the contact, fingers tugging at his hair. yuta’s tongue was working wonders on you down south and you were loving every second of it. moans and incoherent slurs spilled out of your mouth. a mix of oh fuck’s and yuta’s were coming out like a chant. the familiar knot appeared again in your tummy as he lapped at your wetness.

“im gonna—” you try to warn the boy of your incoming orgasm but he was already well aware.

shoving two finger into your heat he pushed them in and out at an amazing speed. you could barely see, your orgasm taking over your whole body. your legs shook in pure bliss as you moaned out his name.

“cum for me baby” you hear him say as he’s still attacking your poor heat.

your back arches as you come, tugging at the man's hair roughly. but he didn’t stop. continuing to ravage your heat. he was pushing his fingers in and out of you, licking at your clit. you felt another oragasm building up in your tummy, closing your legs due to the overstimulation. his hands roughly pushed your legs back open. a muffled ‘keep them fucking open’ leaving his mouth. his mouth aggressively moved against your heat, bringing you to ecstasy with nothing more than his tongue once more. a screeching moan left your throat as your second orgasm washed over your body. your legs shook against his shoulders uncontrollably and you were literally seeing stars. you panted, attempting to collect yourself after what just happened. yuta sat up with a cocky smirk, loving the fucked out state you were currently in. he found it hella attractive. you look at him through hooded eyes, high definitely gone now. the only thing you were high off of was this man's mouth because god damn.

“i hope you don’t think we’re done, baby” yuta says in a low voice, almost like a whisper.

all you could do was whine in response. you could feel your heartbeat in your pussy, what the fuck does he mean we’re not finished?! yuta laughs as he helps you sit up.

“get on your knees” you nod and move to the floor in between his open legs.

your eyes looked over his hard length through his jeans. you bit your lip at the length, hands automatically going to rub it. a small moan leaves his mouth when your fingers graze over it, and your ears are in heaven. unbuttoning and unzipping his jeans you excitedly pull them down, leaving them to rest on his knees. you looked up at him, and his eyes were already on yours. he nods his head towards his length, telling you to continue. you listen and pull his boxers down, letting his cock free. your mouth was practically watering at the sight alone. he smirks, noticing the excited glint in your eyes. in a matter of seconds your mouth was on his length. dragging your tongue from bottom to the top, you swirled around his tip but didn’t take him in your mouth yet. yuta groans, not really fucking with you teasing him. he gives you a look but your ignore it, continuing to do what you wanted. teasing little kitten licks up and down his length, and small kisses to his tip. you were pushing his limits and you wanted a certain reaction from him and you were bound to get it.

“y/n” yuta’s voice was dangerously low.

you feel his eyes burning holes into your skin, too scared to lift your head. you feel his hands rake through your hair, grabbing a fistful. forcing your eyes to connect with his own. you whimper at the action. your faces are mere inches away from each other.

“do i need to do it for you?” he asks you.

you don’t answer. a mix of anxiety and excitement rushing through your veins. yuta looks at you with a cocked eyebrow.

“you have one more chance, princess” he warns you, collecting a fistful of your hair in his hands.

you hold your ground, keeping your mouth shut. a small ‘ok then’ left his mouth before he roughly positions your face in front of the tip of his cock. you lick your lips at the sight.

“open your mouth” you listen right away, opening wide for him.

without warning he shoves your face over his length. groaning, he holds you in place. your hands clawing at his thighs. bringing you back up by your hair he pushes you right back down. moving his hips in and out of your mouth, abusing your throat, you gasp for air in between his strokes. you could barely breathe but you were loving every second of it. you weren’t the only one either. looking up at him with tears dripping down your face, yuta groans at the sight.

“looking at me with your teary eyes is only gonna make me face fuck you harder, baby” yuta moans. picking up the pace he plows in and out of your mouth. a mixture of you gagging and spit filled the car. soon enough you felt his cock twitch in your mouth, telling you he was close. before you could even react he was pulling you up and off of his heat.

“you didn’t even cum” you pout looking up at the man, hand reaching for his cock.

it was covered in your saliva and his pre-cum. his hand pulls yours away from his length, guiding you to lay down.

“i wanna come inside you” he said in all seriousness.

you blinked at his statement. how was he so open about what he wanted?

“if you’re not on the pill i can get you some” he continues, interpreting your silence as unsureness.

“no it’s not that. i am” you tell him and he smiles, positioning himself in between your legs.

“good” bending down, he cages your head in between his arms.

leaving a kiss on your lips as he slides into you. moaning into his mouth at the burning stretch. he waits a bit for you to adjust. it’s been a long while since you’ve let somebody hit, and it was showing tonight.

“are you ok?” he asks, voice laced with concern.

you nod, arms wrapping around his neck. you move on your own, giving him the green light. he pulls all the way out and slides all the way back into you. he does this a couple more times, and it’s driving you crazy. you could feel everything, every little vein in his cock. your back arches as he rubs circles on your hips, drilling his cock into you repeatedly. your moans fill the car.

“more yuta, i want m-more” you manage to slur, nails dragging down his back.

yuta smirks and in a flash you were on your tummy. grabbing a fistful of your hair he forces you to sit up on your hands. his other hand at the small of your back, pushing it to make your arch. he slides back into you with ease, but this time he picked up his pace. movements faster and harder than just a few seconds before. incoherent moans falling from your mouth as he was fucking you into oblivion, hands still pulling your hair. you claw at the seat under you, he made you a moaning mess and you were here for it all. yuta slapped into you with no remorse, hands gripping your ass and thighs tight enough to leave bruises the next morning.

“you like that huh?” he bends down to your ear, making sure you heard him say that.

if your eyes weren’t already closed they’d be rolling to the back of your head. his dick was enough but now you were losing your fucking mind. that familiar knot formed in your tummy for the third time tonight and you could already feel it begin to become undone. your walls clenched around his cock, silently telling him you were close.

“you better not fucking come” he harshly whispers into your ear, yanking you to sit up on your knees by your hair.

this new position had you on cloud nine. his hands found your clit, rubbing circles edging you closer to your orgasm knowing he just told you to hold it. tears brimmed your eyes as you cry out in ecstasy. his name fell from your mouth as if it was a chant. you felt his strokes become sloppy, his cock twitching inside of you.

“cum. cum for me, baby” he whispers in your ear, kissing your earlobe.

you let yourself become undone, your whole body shaking like crazy. not too long after yuta unloaded himself inside, just like he said he would. a comfortable silence took over, nothing but heavy panting filled the car. yuta laid you down gently, pulling his hoodie back over your body. throwing back on his boxers he opted out to steal the sweats you had on, not wanting to put his jeans back on.

“i can’t feel my legs,” you say, earning a loud laugh from yuta.

you wish you were being dramatic but it was true, you literally couldn’t feel anything from the waist down. yuta opens the door, tugging you by your legs to the edge. picking you up, he kicks the door closed. sitting you down in the passenger seat he kisses the crown of your head lovingly, buckling you up. starting the car after getting you settled he looks over at you. your hooded eyes heavy with drowsiness, obviously sleepy. he watches as you curl up in the seat, wrapping your arms around yourself. turning the heater up he pulls off, heading home.

—

turning the engine off yuta looks over at your sleeping figure. he admires you for a second, watching your chest rise and fall. it brings a smile to his face. walking around the car he scoops you from your seat, your arms and legs fastening around his body immediately. with a smile, he locks the car as he makes his way into his apartment. upon arrival he lays you down on his bed, tucking you in. standing he goes to fetch you some water from the kitchen he feels you gripping his shirt, making him look down at you.

“lay down with me” you tell the man and he does.

laying in between his legs you rest your head on his chest, arms wrapping around his waist.

you didn’t know what you two were but all you knew were two things. you were comfortable as hell right now, and you didn’t wanna lose him no matter what.

—

note from mya: feedback is greatly appreciated! but if you’re reading this ilu muah, i hope u have an amazing day/night :) <333

1K notes · View notes

aehyei · 3 years ago

Text

𝗙𝗨𝗖𝗞𝗜𝗡' 𝗥𝗢𝗨𝗡𝗗 𝗪𝗜𝗧𝗛 𝗬𝗢𝗨

What hurts more? Loving good boys or loving bad boys? For sure we all expected that it’s the bad boys who’ll be ripping our hearts in pieces—but Lee Jeno begs to differ. He’s a great heartbreaker in disguise under those innocent glasses.

PAIRING : nerdy! good boy!lee jeno x reader

GENRE : !fluff, !nerd! au, !senior high school!au, !crack, !angst, !smut, kind of !bad girl!au, and a little !enemies to lovers!au

WC : 6.91k

WARNING : cuss words, angsty hehehe, smut, masturbation, bullying, slut shaming, parties, dirty talk, sexual jokes, a very much horny Jeno and I don’t know why, mentions of broken families, loss of virginity, unprotected sex (safety first please)

TAG LIST : @annikae @inupinguu @ahtisa02 @severefireangelprune @mastergibbs93 + fill out this form to be added on my general tag list.

AUTHOR’S NOTES : this is just a repost from my old account. also, fuckin’ round with ya used to be in a series along with other stories, but i decided to just publish them separately. i am NOT happy with how this fic turned out to be but I guess it’s fine (?). it’s really your choice. anyways, this really have adult themes and I do not recommend minors to read this whole story.

HONESTLY, JENO COULDN’T REALLY UNDERSTAND WHY PEOPLE TREAT HIM LIKE HE’S AN INNOCENT CHILD WHO KNOWS NOTHING ABOUT THE THINGS AROUND HIM AND THAT’S BECAUSE HE’S NOT INNOCENT AT ALL.

He had touched his dick a couple of times, watched porn and camgirls when he feels alone at night.

Was it his smile? His love for studying? His glasses? All those could be factors why he’s claimed as the nerd of the school. Jeno still feels a lot offended that just because he acts nice to everyone, people already gave him a title that doesn’t really come up with him.

“I’m going to Lucas’ party, you commin’?” His best friend, Haechan asked while placing gel to style his light purple-dyed hair. Jeno stopped scrolling down his phone and lifted his eyes to stare at him, “Huh? There’s a party?”.

“It’s Friday night, of course there is,” Haechan implied as if it was the most normal thing to do in Friday nights and grinned, checking himself out in the mirror then asked out loud, “How do I look? Good right? Damn, girls are so going to be all over me later.” Jeno could roll his eyes but chose not too, “If you’re going to the party to get laid, then I’ll stay here. There is just no way I’ll be left in crowds of sweaty people.”

“Jeez, please don’t say ‘laid’ ever again, It doesn’t suite you. And you should be thankful that girls are a sucker for your ‘good boy’ and ‘gentleman’ image.” Haechan frowned and grabbed the condoms hidden on the drawer near the TV of their shared apartment. Wait...girls? a sucker? for him?

“Hyuck, what—”

“Adios! I’m gonna leave now before all the pretty ladies get taken for tonight!” Haechan didn’t even bother waving goodbye, just screaming to acknowledge his exit.

Now that Jeno is all alone, there is nothing to do. He finished all the needed assignments, done studying in advance for future purposes, and even cleaned the apartment. So what’s a man gonna do?

Of course jerk off.

Biting his lips, he inserted his earphones on each of his ears and opened a porn site to enjoy himself with. He placed the volume in a low setting in case Haechan decides to suddenly come back for any reasons, then finally played his favorite video. After a few minutes of the sounds of the woman’s soft whimpers and gasps, his cock was already half hard. Jeno undid his shorts and lifted his hips to pull his dick out, hissing when he pressed his thumb on his tip.

Precum slowly dripped off and it didn’t take that much long for him to get fully hard— especially when the pornstar groped her breasts together. Jeno imagined running his thick cock between the valleys of her chest, her looking at him with innocent puppy eyes and his grip got tighter. The male let out a sudden chocked moan and moved his wrists in circular movements, faster and faster, harder and harder.

“S-so c-close...” He groaned and his eyes fluttered shut, listening closely to the girl’s moans and his other free hand went down to squeeze his balls— and that’s all it took for him to reach his breaking point. When Jeno came down from his orgasm, he opened his eyes and panted, staring at his dirty sheets and dirty hands with his cum smeared everywhere.

Now Jeno had something to do, clean up all the clues of his sinful activity before his roomate could catch him and tell the whole school about the ‘good boy’ jerking off. If what Haechan said was true about girls being a sucker for his current image, then he better do something about it. Being a virgin sucks especially if your best friend is pretty much getting his dick wet every week.

It was the next morning when Haechan came home.

“Owww, shit.” Haechan cursed to himself, massaging his forehead while coming in through the door, hair all messy and clothes all wrinkled with and not all it’s buttons are closed. Jeno snorts seeing him enter and placed his spoonful of rice in his mouth, looking all amused but not surprised anymore, “Was she good? Or is the hangover really bad?”.

“Both.” The tanned man managed to croak out and stumble to take a seat in front of his roommate. Jeno didn’t feel bad or worried for him at all, but he very much predicted something like this would happen and prepared hot soup to help his friend’s headache to soothe a bit. “Thanks, Jen. You’re the best” Haechan’s voice cracked as he slowly began devouring the delicious dish. “I’ve been told” The other man chuckled and took his glasses from the table to wear them once again before cleaning up the dirty dishes.

“Can’t you remove those glasses? You look better without it.” Haechan groaned and reached to get water. “Can’t see without them.” Was all Jeno muttered out while washing the used plates and utensils. “That’s a lie! You technically could see, but you’re like, so attached.” His friend slurred.

That’s true, he didn’t need the glasses at all anymore. By the age of seven, the doctor advised his parents to let him wear glasses to correct his sight— and it did. At thirteen, he was free to throw them away, but Jeno refused too. He loved those glasses, it grew a really much special part in his heart. Plus, without them, he didn’t look as ‘nerdy’ as everyone claimed him to be.

Choosing to not answer, Jeno just hummed as a response and started getting ready for school, taking a minute to ask Haechan, “Hey, are you gonna attend classes today?”.

“No. I need to rest.” He answered him, still looking all in pain and a mess. “I wonder if the girl you’ve fucked is having the same hangover as you or the alcohol really just got into you” Jeno chuckled, grabbing his bag and swinging it on his right shoulder. “I’m a pro at drinking! You just never saw me!” Haechan tries to make him change his mind.

Hey, maybe Haechan was right, Jeno thought. He really is that popular when it comes to girls. His innocent atmosphere naturally attracts woman’s attention and his kindness immediately makes one fall in love with him for being such a gentleman. He can’t believe his best friend is actually right. fucking right.

Forget about hating that everyone misunderstood him, because now Jeno loved the attention and lowkey lustful looks girls give him whenever he passes by— as if he’s a snack that’s ready to be eaten anytime. But now that’s where they’re wrong, Jeno loved being in charge. Top. He doesn’t really understand why he feels so aroused whenever he sees someone submit towards him.

“Jeno!”

Jeno raised a brow, finding the voice that called for him familiar and he’s much surprised seeing Haechan run to him, still looking like a mess but at least a little more presentable then how he looked in the morning. “Hyuck? What are you doing here? I thought you wanted to rest.” Jeno asked in confusion and also half in concern knowing how his friend’s head must hurt.

“I was about too, but then I saw in the class’ group chat that a new student is coming and she’s a hottie.” Haechan answered, still panting and desperately catching his breath. Oh. Wait, there’s a group chat?

“A group chat?” Jeno’s eye brows creased, growing confused. “Our section has one, silly. Everyone is included—,” Haechan stopped himself from speaking when he took his phone and scrolled to look for Jeno’s username inside the group chat when he saw none, “—except you.” One disadvantage in being the known nerd even if you’re not one: people think your a party pooper who’ll spill all the beans to the teacher and get everyone in trouble to be some kind of hero. “Can you add me?” He sighed, tugging his glasses out to clean their lenses using the cloth of his shirt. “Yeah, yeah. Sure buddy.” His friend nodded and did as he was told.

“Sorry for not adding you sooner, Jen. I only realized now.” Haechan passed him an apologetic look before wrapping one arm around his shoulder and dragging him to class before the bell rings. “Wait, shouldn’t I be the one dragging you?” Jeno scoffs, finding the irony quite funny. “I’m excited for class, shut up nerdy boy. I need to fuck this chick.” Haechan jokingly says.

“Just don’t fuck while I’m home, please. Not and never again.” Jeno mumbled in a plead— both to his roommate and to whoever was listening to his prayers from above. The last time Haechan bought a girl to fuck, the sounds got him hard and he had to jerk himself off while shamelessly listening to the loud moans and skin slapping— yeah, not happening again.

“In my defence, I just put my big dick to use. What about yours?”

“I’m not quite sure if you want me to tell you that my dick is also huge or if you want me to tell you how I use it.”

The moment they got in class, the teacher was already there preparing her stuff. Jeno took his time greeting her and passing an apple inside his backpack, knowing how much it’s her favourite. “Oh my!”, she gasped, visibly thankful as she smiled and grinned at him, “You’re really kind, Mr. Lee. You don’t have to give me apples everyday.”

“You know what they say, Mrs. Lim. ‘An apple a day keeps the doctor away’ and I really don’t want the most beautiful teacher to be sick.” Jeno let out a smile that reached his eyes— if only he wasn’t angel like, then he would be the perfect fuckboy. Mrs. Lim giggled at this and instructed the students to take their seats so she could start the classes. “Damn, smooth.” Haechan wheezed under his breath, amazed by how his friend is.

“I call it being nice.” Jeno corrects him, although he’s pretty sure that he was being a little too nice. Mrs. Lim may be married, but she’s hot anyway. If she’s the one to take away his virginity, he won’t be complaining at all.

“Attention class! We will be having a new student and I want all of you to behave and welcome her. She’s the principal’s granddaughter and I do will not tolerate any bullying or whatever drama you guys have. Our principal has entrusted our class to take care of her, and we will. Does everyone understand?” Mrs. Lim eyed her students, strict and stern with her words but not even half of the students were interested. Well, at least not as interested as Haechan looked like.

“Ms. Cho, please enter the room.”

Normally, Jeno would be welcoming, be the first one to greet the new student. But the moment he saw you enter— he felt all the bubbly feeling of his chest be replaced by something else. You’re…different from what he expected as the principal’s granddaughter.

“Please introduce yourself, Ms. Cho.” The teacher smiled at you, leaning back a little.

You licked your lips and wasted a couple of seconds just staring at your new classmates, sighing heavily and shrugging, “Y/n. Cho Y/n.” Mrs. Lim waited if ever you wanted to add more to your introduction, but then she realized you were done, “O-oh, I thought you wanted to add some things. Welcome to our class, Cho Y/n. You may take a seat anywhere you want.” Not even mumbling a thank you or glancing at her, you chose the seat farthest from the front— unto the very back near the window. Jeno watched you pass by him and his eyes unconsciously looked down on your uniform’s short skirt, biting his lips and feeling his cock twitch.

The bubbly feeling in his chest was replaced by something called…lust. Huh, he didn’t know he was into girls like you.

“You were staring at her ass.”

“What?” Jeno looked up to Haechan with an unfazed look, poking his tongue inside the right side of his cheek. “You were staring at Y/n’s ass a while ago at class. Dude, if you want to check someone out, don’t make it that too obvious that it’s your first time feeling turned on.” Haechan says while munching on his lunch. “Okay, I do not stare at someone’s ass because that is rude and it’s not my first time to be turned on, you know. I’m a man with a dick too and we have feelings.” Jeno simply glared at him.

“You just did not prefer you and your dick ‘we’.”

“Just shut up and finish your food. You need energy.” Jeno shuts the conversation down, but of course, Haechan didn’t let him, “Y/n’s hot right? I mean, she’s like a bad girl. Damn, I would kill just to brat tame her.” The other man’s grip on the table turned tighter as his muscles tensed up. “Do you think she’ll be a sub or a dom? But both ways, she’d still be a goddess.” Haechan continued, trying to find his breaking point.

“She’s fine.” Jeno deadpanned, trying to refrain his mind from thinking how good a bratty sub you’d look like. “Fine? Just fine? I doubt that—“.

“Lee Donghyuck.”

Haechan’s eyes widened at the deep voice Jeno let out, taken back himself before smirking a bit, “So, the school’s good boy lost all the goodies inside of him, huh? And all it took is the principal’s daughter.” Jeno’s jaw clenched, but it was too late. His dick is now half hard, his mind couldn’t stop imagining himself fucking into you so good that you’ll be drooling over his bed.

Such a hormonal teenager, that is.

“Holy shit did you just get a boner over me talking about how good Y/n’ll look like during sex?” Haechan asked, amused as fuck. “I gotta use the bathroom.” Jeno said, barely a whisper with his ears and neck all red from being embarrassed that he’s been caught red handed. “And I’ll tell our next teacher that you’re sick in the clinic. Enjoy screwing yourself bro, congratulations. Wow. I still can’t believe you’re the same innocent Lee Jeno everyone says you are.” His best friend says, dramatically wiping an imaginary tear from his cheek.

“Just…go.”

“Right, I know you might feel embarrassed and shit, but we’re both men. I have a dick, you have a dick—“

“Go.”

“Right at ya’ pal.” Haechan shivered at how deep his voice is and pats his back, grabbing his bag and walking right to the next class. Jeno shakily sighed and grabbed his own bag, placing it in front so it would cover the obvious tent on his school pants. Jesus Christ, he couldn’t believe he’s about to touch his dick inside of the men’s public bathroom where it’s risky for anyone to hear. Jeno almost stumbled himself while locking the door, throwing his things to the side and removing his belt. He slowly pulled down the zipper and boxers and released his leaking tip.

“Goddamn it.” He cursed in a hiss, wrapping his hands around his huge cock and looked down on it with hooded eyes, picturing you sucking him off and teasing him like the bratty sub you look like. Jeno’s breaths started to grow heavier and heavier when he bit his lip, hard, so he could tone down his loud moans. “Good girl…such a g-good, good girl,” he sighed, eyes fluttering shut for a moment.

No one was with him, yet he couldn’t help but spill out some dirty words that he knows no one would have expected from him. “Fuck, you’re going to make me cum, baby. Just li…l-like that—shit.” He growled when his thumb touched the rim of his buttocks, hole clenching around nothing as he comes undone just like that. Much to Jeno’s dismay and sadly, Haechan was once again right.

You are a perfect bratty sub and Jeno would also kill just so he could brat tame you. He’s fucking screwed.

Gulping, he sniffled and started fixing everything, trying his best to look presentable and like he never just jerked off in the men’s bathroom in school. Jeno took a deep breath while staring at himself in the mirror, removing his glasses and cleaning them on the cloth of his shirt once again then wearing them so he could finally go to class. Now Haechan knows his little secret, and he hopes the shit could keep it to himself.

When he exit the door, his movements paused and his body froze seeing you there by the hallways, having your tongue swirling around a red lollipop. “Class President skipping classes? Now that isn’t something you see everyday.” Smirking dangerously, flattening your tongue and chuckling. “I-I’m not class president and I had to use the bathroom. How about you, Ms. Cho? Skipping classes and loitering around the hallways. Aren’t you the principal’s granddaughter?” Jeno tried to not stare at how you suck on the candy and get himself all horny again, instead trying to look intimidating with his arms crossed.

Without replying back, you took steps towards him, having less then a meter between the two of you. You looked at him up and down, biting your lip, “Call me whenever you need to use the bathroom again. I could help you,” then walking pass by him like nothing just happened. Jeno stayed on his place, unable to move and his mind unable to process. You heard him. You fucking heard him jerk off. Fuck. And now you know too. He’s double screwed.

“Dude! Dude! What the hell?!”

Jeno looked at Haechan, confused, “H-huh?”. The other man groaned and threw the controller on the other side of the couch, “What have you been thinking man? We’re at the same team yet you killed me!”. Trying to comprehend what he said, Jeno realized that they were at home, playing video games, and that he really did just kill someone from his teammate instead of the enemy. “I was thinking of the math homework. I feel like I have some mistakes and the guilt has been messing up with me.” He lied, knowing Haechan didn’t need to know what was the images flashing in his mind.

But Haechan didn’t seem to believe one bit, “Stop acting like a good student. I know you’re a pervert imagining the principal’s granddaughter. No need to be defensive, Jen. Even I think of her at night and masturbate.”

Jeno didn’t really like hearing that other guys was in the same state as he is when it comes to you, his own fist closing tightly as he grunts possessively, but not to obvious, “Let’s just play again. I promise I won’t kill you this time.”

“You better not, because I swear to God, Lee Jeno, I am going to haunt you down.”

Jeno hates you.

He hates how you got every boy wrapped around your finger, or how he isn’t the only one you offered to help out. Were you a fuckgirl? Someone who thinks toying with him is all fun? After just a week when you introduced yourself to class, rumours already has it that you had fucked all the hottest boys in school— and even Lee Donghyuck, his best friend.

You and Haechan fucking is the most that made Jeno furiously pull on his cock and rut his hips into his hand, thinking how much of a slut you are. Ever since the incident at the school’s hallways, you never even gave him a look or a touch, acting like he never existed and it only adds to the fuel.

Jeno wants to fuck you too. He wants to punish you and manhandle you like your some rag dall. And every single day is just another day of his desires growing and growing. Exams are coming up and it is not helping him at all. Instead, it also makes him more hungry for some kind of relief. Jeno is stressed both at school and at sexual desires— he needs you now.

And that’s how the known innocent boy found himself approaching you. Your eyes opened and stared back at his, saying nothing but your right eye brow raised, as if asking him what does he want. “You.” Jeno called out, low enough for only the both of you to hear. It was obvious at how taken back you were, with your eyes widening and your jaw slightly dropping, but then you snickered and stood up, “follow me then.”

So he did.

“I never imagined you would be coming up to me and asking me to fuck you like some kind of—“.

You were immediately cut off with Jeno pushing you to the wall and placing his lips on you, roughly kissing you and successfully shutting you up. With the force of his body, you were forced to take steps backwards up until your back hit the wall harshly. This was his first kiss and he couldn’t believe he’s wasting it with you, biting your bottom lip then proceeding to suck on your tongue. Saliva messily dripped on both your chins yet his hands still remained politely on your hips. “Touch me,” You whispered, heavily breathing, “I know you want me. Your friend told me all about you while ramming his dick inside of me.”

Jeno groaned at your words, his hands travelling up to your neck, choking you slightly, “Fucking yourself on different dicks must’ve felt good, huh? They must have not pleased you enough, maybe that’s why you want me too, huh?”. Moaning, you nodded and desperately breathed for air to enter your lungs once again. “Such a slutty bitch.” He snickered, examining your figure all a mess even if he just had kissed you and didn’t even touch you that much yet.

The smirk on his lips was enough to show you that he was enjoying this as much as you are, and it was also enough for you to rub your thighs together and create friction. “Babygirl heard me at the bathroom, hmm? Wanna know what I was thinking about?” He asked in a lazy mocking voice, his right hand trailing down and pressing on your right bud, making you suddenly jolt. “D-Daddy’s thinking of me, right? Wishing I was there to make you feel good. Haechan told me everything, Jeno. You ain’t fooling me with those glasses and innocent smiles.” You managed to let out.

Daddy?

Jeno licked his lips, not surprised how Haechan told you and isn’t even disappointed anymore. His painfully hard cock is begging for some kind of release so he pulled you down on your knees up until your face to face with the bulge in his pants, “Well? What are you waiting for now, then? Make daddy feel good.”

Not even hesitating, you immediately sucked him though his pants and Jeno’s hips jerked forward, amazed at the new feeling. Looking up to him with mischief in your eyes, you pulled his pants and boxers down and moaned seeing his size, feeling more wetness drip from your pussy. “Suck, slut. Do it before I make you.” He demanded, voice lowering and deepening from the amount of arousal. With a sly smile, you kissed his thighs, purposely avoiding his length.

Having enough, Jeno grabbed your hair, making you yelp in pain and he shoved his cock right into your mouth at the timing, moaning in delight feeling how warm and tight your throat is. Your eyes start to turn teary as you gag, not expecting him to be so rough on you. “F-fucking h-hell.” His eyes roll at the back of his head, starting to feel addicted with this new found pleasure. When you finally collected yourself enough, you started swirling your tongue around him, sucking him fully until your nose reaches his stomach. Your free hand squeezed his balls and massaged it, making the boy whine loudly.

“Pretty boy acting like he’s in charge but whinnies loudly like a baby.” You scoff once you popped his dick out of your mouth and gave him the best handjob he ever had. “S-shit, s-so, so close, baby. Wanna cum in your mouth” He panted, looking at you through hooded eyes. You placed him back in and sucked on his tip, pressing your tongue and wiggling on it. The action made him cum in an instant, and you swallowed every drop. Jeno took a couple of minutes to breath and get over his orgasm while you stared at him with a cocky grin.

“Feel good?”

Jeno rolled his eyes and pulled you up, turning you around and pressing you on the wall, his chest squeezed on your back as he chuckled lowly by your ear, “Where’s your confidence now, princess? Imagine, your old man finding his granddaughter sucking cocks like it’s the lollipop he gave you.”

our lips trembled as you tried to wiggle your hips to get some kind of relief, feeling more wet at his dirty words. His fingers slipped inside your skirt, tracing your folds over your underwear and smirked, “So fucking wet…”

“D-Daddy…” Mewling, when you felt him push your panties to the side and his fingers teasing your entrance. “I’m the top baby, I’ve always been. If you want me, then you better beg and please daddy.” Jeno says, suddenly tapping your clit harshly then biting your earlobe when you let out a loud moan. Then, he pulled away from you and licked all your juices from his fingers, cleaning up and acting as if you aren’t glaring at him or how your visibly all wet and frustrated you are.

“Y-Yah! At least finish me off!” You screamed, trying to taunt him by lifting your skirt and touching yourself— yet Jeno seemed uninterested as he only watched you, “I still have classes. Good luck with that though,” and this time, he’s the one who walked pass by you with a smug smirk resting on his face with his glasses sliding down to the bridge of his nose.

“Asshole.” You muttered, trying to get yourself off.

“Jeno, I thought you’re already over your stage and fucked the hell out of Y/n. Why did she call me saying that she needs me to make her cum?” Haechan asks, tying up his shoes and getting ready to leave. Jeno looked up at him in amusement and he smirked, his pride growing from how desperate he made you feel, “I didn’t need to fuck her. I just wanted to feel some relief.”

“Virgin.”

“Hey— it’s not wrong being one! Besides, I love teasing her. I’ll fuck her one day, but now, you better make her cum hard. Trust me, she deserves it.”

“I always make a girl cum hard.”

When Haechan left, the smile on Jeno’s face disappeared through thin air. Of course you just had to call his best friend, not just some other guys. Are you trying to get into his nerves? Because if you are, then it’s working.

Not now though. All Jeno wants to do at the moment is to relax and watch Netflix all day. He spent all his energy studying and reading for the exams.

»»»

“Fuck, did all of see the video?” A guy laughed, showing his friend the video playing in his phone. His friend laughed loudly and nodded, “Yeah, I did. Damn, Cho Y/n’s really a spoiled brat, isn’t she?”.

At the mention of your name, Jeno tilted his head to look at the two men sitting not so far from him. Curiosity got into the best of him as he approaches them, “Hey..uh, what about Cho Y/n?”. One of them greeted him and grinned, “Wait you never saw the viral video yet? Here. Someone saw Y/n’s old video from her past high school. Look how spoiled and mean she is,” he passed him the phone and Jeno stayed silent.

It did show how mean you looked, slapping another woman and screaming at her. The two men with him whistled and laughed to themselves, finding the clip fun to watch. Jeno ‘accidentally’ dropped the phone, making the owner shout, “Yah! Why did you do th—”.

“Oops, I’m really sorry. I promise I’ll pay you back. Sorry again.” Jeno let out a fake guilty expression, bowing at them and picking the item up to give it back. “O-oh, uh, it’s fine?” He stuttered, thinking it really was an accident.

Jeno needed to find you, and he didn’t know why. But after watching, he just know that you need someone right now.

It wasn’t that much hard to find you. He saw your slumped and sobbing figure by the place where you also sucked him off, this must be your secret room or something. Jeno didn’t say anything. Instead, he sat beside you and slowly wrapped one arm around your shoulder. Flinching away, you looked up and was surprised to see him.

“W-what do you want?”

“Use me as your napkin or as a personal teddy bear.” He offers. “I don’t need your pity, Jeno.” You scoffed, trying to stop yourself from sobbing yet it was no use. “I don’t pity you. I hate you, Cho Y/n, but let me be nice for now” Jeno corrects you, trying once again. Not having any energy to push him away, you complied and snuggled your face on his shoulder, sighing deeply.

“Grandpa’s obviously gonna kick me out.” You said, playing with your fingers that are placed on your lap. “You fucked his students, what did you expect?” He snickered.

“I didn’t.”

“What?”

“I mean, I did, but only one student, Haechan. Just because I wear short skirts doesn’t mean I’m a whore who sleeps with anyone else.” You confessed, lifting your head up to look at him. “Why Haechan then?” Jeno asks, looking back at you.

“Because he’s your friend.”

Jeno’s heart thumped. He continued staring at your eyes and looked away, gulping. “Are you trying to get into my pants?” He asks, feeling shame in his bones from asking such a straightforward question. “No. I didn’t want to fuck Haechan at first, I just tried to befriend him too. But things got out of hand and before I knew it, I woke up in his bed. His girlfriend or fuckbuddy or whatever she is saw me and started rumors about how I slept with everyone.”

“You slept with Haechan? In the apartment? Where the hell was I?”

“In the library. That’s what he said.”

“And the video?”

ou seemed hesitant to explain, but if everyone turned their backs on you, it’d be great to have at least one person who doesn’t, “She’s my stepmom.”

Jeno didn’t react at first, even if he found it quite odd since the girl you slapped looked the same age as you.

“Also my ex-bestfriend. Behind both me and my mom’s back, my dad has been fucking her every time we had a sleepover at my house. When I knew, I got so angry that I marched up to her and slapped her as hard as I could. But hey, everyone who saw the video called me a bitch and a spoiled brat.”

“Why keep up with the bad girl look and attitude then?” He pinching your cheek to refrain you from frowning. You swat his hand away and glared at him, “People knows me as one, so why not be one instead? How about you? Why be known as the kind innocent boy when you literally pulled my hair and left me alone to deal with myself?”.

“Same as you, I guess.”

Both of you let out an awkward chuckle, not fully sure on what to do now. You just told your own life story to him so it did feel weird for you— yet again, it’s also feels good that he seemed like he does believe you.

“Wanna fuck?”

The smile on your face left as you pinched his side, “What the fuck, Lee Jeno? What is wrong with your hormones? Are you that horny every single time in your life?”. Jeno winced and giggled, removing his glasses and placing them to the side, “Is it going to be weird to say I’m turned out by how your crying?”. You gave him a disgusted look but sat on his lap anyways, wrapping your arms around his neck, “Yes and I am never asking you anymore questions anymore.” He rested his hands on your thighs, grinning, “Let’s fuck”.

“Let’s.”

And just like that, Jeno kissed you but a lot gentler then before. You kissed back at the same force he did, tangling your fingers around his hair and tugging on it making him grunt. “You know, I think I had a stupid crush on you.” Jeno suddenly says, his kisses traveling to your neck. “R-really?” You squeaked out, heart hammering by your chest when his soft lips pressed on your sweet spot. He hummed and sucked on the sensitive skin, chuckling when you whinnied breathlessly, “Yeah, I did. But don’t worry, It’s just a stupid crush.”

Giving him a teasing look, you wiggled your eyebrows, “Oh? I don’t think it’s stupid, now that you’re holding me like this.” Jeno growled and captured your lips once again, his hand working it’s way inside your panties, “Don’t flatter yourself, Princess. I just want to get out of what Haechan calls ‘my stage’.”

“Being a virgin is a stage now? The fuck? I love that man.”

“I could tell he loves you too. I never saw him fuck any other woman ever since you sucked his dick, I guess.”

“You serious?” You pulled away from him, brows furrowed. Jeno admired you for a couple of seconds, love bites all over your jawline and neck, lips all swollen from the kisses. “Yeah,” he breathed out, smiling lazily and pulling you back to him. Teasingly, he ran a finger up your slit, purposely adding pressure on your small bundle of nerves making you gasp out loudly. Your tempting sounds made the male’s eyes turn darker then they already are and he finally, finally entered a finger inside your velvety walls.

“F-Fuck baby, s-so tight and wet.” Jeno moaned, looking more affected then you are. It’s his first time touching a woman like this, and he’s regretting why he had missed this all out and never done any of this sooner. “D-Daddy, more…please…” you begged, rocking your hips and sighing in content. He listened to your plea and added another finger, and started scissoring them, his thumb harshly pressing by your clit in the process.

“O-Oh Jeno, oh my God! Jeno! J-Jeno!” Your moans turn louder and louder, mumbling out phrases that probably doesn’t make sense when he started to pick up his pace and add a third finger. “So hot, baby. Creating a mess just for me and just because of my fingers? Oh my, Princess, how could you handle my cock then?” Jeno hummed out, addicted to how you feel like this. “Mhmm, y-you’re a v-virgin, Jeno! I-I should be the o-one asking you— fuck— that!”

“What did you say? Didn’t quite hear you.” He laughed, his pace going faster then before. Although his wrist started to hurt, he didn’t dare stop. “C-cum— c-cumming!” You gasped out, eyes going teary as the coil in your stomach snaps. Jeno removed his fingers and was in awe seeing the white substance covering them, he gripped on your chin to make you watch him while he sucks them clean. You moaned weakly, leaning in to kiss his soft lips, “I wanna be your first daddy, wanna be so good for you.”

Jeno pushed you off him only to unbuckle his belt and push his dick out, tip already leaking with precum. “Ride on it, then Princess. Make daddy feel so good.”

Were you needed to be told twice? No, not at all. With shaky legs, you hover above his cock, kissing him again and circle his tip on your walls, stopping a bit when you realized something, “wait…condoms.”

“Shit, I don’t have one.” Jeno groaned, frustratedly banging his head on the wall behind him and sighing, “So does this mean we won’t get to fuck? Next time the— Jesus Christ!” He calls out, eyes almost bulging out of it’s pockets when you took him by surprise and drop on his fat cock. The tears fell from your eyes, his length reaching places no one ever did. “S-so b-big— ahhh…h-hurts.” You sobbed, uncomfortably shifting on his lap.

Although you were in pain, Jeno was having the time of his life. His eyes closed tightly and his cock twitching, the pleasure blinding his senses. He wanted to cum so bad, having you around him was enough for him to reach his peak— but that can’t happen, of course. The pain was still there as you start in slow movements, still trying to get used to the feeling of his dick inside of you. Jeno’s toes curled, trying his best not to burst that fast and easily as he placed both his hands on your hips, urging you to move faster.

“S-shit, shit, shit, shit.” He chanted, not meaning to rut up on you, but it seemed like his hips has it’s mind of own. “Daddy!” You squealed, clenching around him tightly and sobbing by his lips, babbling how much you love his cock.

“Y-y/n I-I c-can’t— I-I can’t—“

“C-cum in me d-daddy,” you whispered by his ear, slyly moving your finger down and circling his nipple by his shirt. “Fucking— Shit!” Jeno chocked out, moaning turning in higher pitch before he finally released his heavy load, filling you up to the brim. You continued your movements until he had to stop you, the pleasure turning to pain, “I want to taste you”.

Jeno changed both your positions, him laying down as he pulls you to his face. His hands squeezing your ass and he wastes no time licking a stripe on your cum filled pussy. You moaned, grinding down his tongue, feeling all high and drunk by no absolute reason. Jeno pulled you closer, letting the wet muscle wiggle it’s way inside of you, eating out both your juices and his own cum. You feel so, so close. When he moved up and sucked on your clit harshly, that’s it.

You cum dripping by his chin and face, yet he still never let you go, continuing on eating you out like your the only meal on earth. “J-Jeno, e-enough!” You tried to push him out, but the grips he has on your thighs was impossible to escape. Unfortunately, to his delight and to your dismay, he was able to pull another strong orgasm out of you in no time. Finally, Jeno showed you mercy and let you go, sitting up and breathing heavily.

Both looking very much sinful and filthy, covered in sweat and cum. “That was the best thing in my life, holy shit.” Jeno laughed, still not over the fact that he’s finally not a virgin anymore and never will be ever again. “It would have been the best if you didn’t overstimulate me.” You mumbled, weakly snuggling to his side with your legs still shaking for some reason. He smirked and rubbed your side in small circles, “Hey, not my fault you looked so hot!”, he defended himself.

For a moment, you two stayed in each other’s arms, savouring the feeling of the warmth and the comfortable silence. Then, you decided to speak.

“Jeno, let’s not see each other in the morning.” You say in a voice that shows a little hope, knowing very well that was what he wanted even if you wished he would deny. The male was silent for a few seconds before glancing up to your side, “Sounds good, Y/n.” Your heart cracked up a little, not actually believing he would agree just like that. But your the one who offered, so who were you to complain?

“Thank you for listening to my story.”

“And thank you for taking my virginity.”

If Jeno was ever honest, then he would have just admitted that he never had a stupid crush on you— at all. He just wanted to fuck you so bad and make you do it with him, so he had to say a few lies here and there. All that’s in his mind is how Haechan turned out to be wrong at one thing: you were a great sub, not a bratty one. All the sex and everything was good with you, and that was all he needed. Now that you seem nothing to him anymore, your memories will be by the trash at the time he gets home, along with his glasses.

Lee Jeno is the ‘innocent’ man who gives an apple to their homeroom teacher, Mrs. Lim everyday, but could also be the most cruel at heartbreak. Like at said, he never saw any trail of you the next following day at school.

Loving ‘good boys’ hurt more then loving ‘bad boys’ , they just do.

2K notes · View notes

writemekpop · 3 years ago

Text

Love Game | Lee Donghyuck (Haechan)

Pairing: Lee Donghyuck (Haechan) x Reader

Summary: On date night, Haechan makes you do something you’re uncomfortable with. You get mad... how can he make it up to you?

Genre: Gamer!Hyuck, established relationship AU, suggestive, angsty

Word Count: 0.7k

Warnings: Sulky Hyuck feat. Johnny

Gif: @l-donghyuck

“Check that! I’m on a roll!” Haechan cheered, his eyes fixed on the computer screen as his fingers worked away at the keyboard.

Your boyfriend Haechan was in the middle of his weekly Friday night gaming session with Johnny, in the NCT dorms.

Behind them, you lay on Haechan’s single bed, eyes staring blankly up at the ceiling. Forty-five minutes had passed since you asked if you could join in… and Haechan was still ‘just finishing up this level’.

Frustration stretched like a balloon in your chest, making it harder to breathe.

“Hey, Haechan?” you called. “Do you think I could…”

“Oh, Y/n!” Haechan said, interrupting you. ”I was just thinking about you.”

Your heart swelled. Finally, your boyfriend had remembered you! Maybe he wasn’t like other guys, maybe he did genuinely want spend time with you!

But you spoke too soon, because Haechan said,

“Can you fix me and Johnny up some sandwiches from the kitchen?”

Your mouth dropped. “Sandwiches?”

That was the last straw.

Haechan must have heard the anger in your voice, because he nervously added, “… please?”

But you weren’t done. “Sandwiches?” you hissed. “Fucking sandwiches?”

You jumped off the bed and stormed to the door, so furious you could barely see. “Shall I massage your feet while I’m at it? Or maybe you want a little lap dance?”

Just before you slammed the door, you shouted, “Make your own goddamn sandwiches!”

You ran into the living room and sat down on the sofa, gripping your head between your hands. You kicked over the mini coffee table with a thud, but it didn’t make you feel any better.

You thought Haechan saw you as an equal, one of the gang, the same way he viewed the rest of NCT. But you were wrong. Turns out he just thought of you as the girl – someone who would cook for him and occasionally warm his bed.

After a few minutes, Haechan came into the living room and sat gingerly next to you.

“I’m sorry,” he said, nudging your shoulder. “I’m perfectly capable of making my own food.”

You didn’t meet his eye. “That’s not what this is about, and you know it.”

Haechan hung his head. “Yeah, I know. I messed up. Bad.”

You glared at him. “I didn’t come over just to be forgotten about and used for chores. Repeat after me. I will never be a sexist pig and expect women to cook for me again.”

Haechan smiled. “I will never be a sexist pig…”

He toyed with your hand. “I want you to game with us - I’ll make sure you do.” He half-smiled. “You’re worth more to me than every single one of my idiot friends, alright? You’re my person, you know?”

You leant towards Haechan and captured his soft plump lips in a kiss. His hand came up and touched your jaw tenderly as his mouth moved against yours.

You pulled away, smiling. Then, you narrowed your eyes playfully. “So the real reason you won’t let me play is… you’re afraid I’ll win.”

Haechan pretended to gasp. “How dare you?” He rose to his feet and beat his chest. “No one can beat HAECHAN, THE ALMIGHTY SUN GOD!”

You laughed. “Okay, you’re getting a little carried away.”

Haechan sat quickly down, a deep blush blossoming on his brown cheeks. “I have no idea where that came from…”

You grinned. “Well, there’s only one way to find out which of us is strongest. A duel!” You leapt up. “First one to the computer wins!”

Then you raced away, letting a very out of breath Haechan chase you into the bedroom.

If Haechan ever treated you like he did today again, it was over between you. Finito. But for now, you were willing to give him a second chance.

Most of all, you were looking forward to seeing Haechan lose…

(Because you really were an ace at computer games.)

—

MASTERLIST

Let us know what you thought in the comments or on anon! 💋

451 notes · View notes

haepii · 2 years ago

Text

Limerence | PJS (10)

Pairing: Park Jisung + Reader

Genre: Werewolf!AU, Supernatural!AU, series

Series: Neo Culture Pack Series Masterlist, previous part

Warnings: Violence, Gore, Mentions/Use of Weapons (I.e., swords, daggers, knives), Mentions of Blood, Murder, Animal Death/Murder, Werewolves (if you don't like it, leave), Mentions of bones cracking/breaking, Mentions of witches/witchcraft, mentions of vampires/fae, mentions of werewolves (duh), Jealous/Controlling Behavious (I do not condone these behaviours in real life, but obviously this work is pure fiction and so are the characters in it even if they are based off real people), Mentions of terminal illness (a brief mention and flashbacks, it can be rather confronting and I have experienced the facing of this situation myself. I know how confronting and triggering it is, so please do not put your own mental health at sake for reading this fanfic).

Taglist: @peepsibo @seajae @thesunsfullmoon @suhappysuho @traint0tokyo @azzygongez

WC: 3.1k

You were the first to run after Chaeyoung. Turning to Jisung with a small smile when he grabbed your hand and ran with you, comically, everybody else had ran ahead of you including Taeyong. You found it sweet how he was deliberately running slower to keep up with your pace. Abruptly, you came to a stop at the closed doors to the infirmary. You turned to Jisung, looking up at him, tears in your eyes. "Will... will she still be the same?"

"Yes, but certain traits of her's will be amplified. Like her sense for fashion and bending the rules, because of that she'll likely get on Taeyong's nerves. She might even be an Alpha rank herself. Female Alphas aren't common but I know of a few, including Taeyong's sister." Jisung explained, wiping the stray tears away with the pad of his thumb.

"Okay." You nodded.

"She'll still be the Ryujin you know and love. Not all is lost, you still have me."

"And you're amazing, but I need Ryujin. She has been my best friend for as long as I can remember." You took in a shake breath, letting him wipe the fresh tears away as he cupped the sides of your face. He scanned your face for a moment.

"You're nervous."

"Am I really that transparent?" You let out a short giggle.

"I can read your emotions, if mark you, you may be able to read mine through our mate link." Jisung smirked, once again showing off how supernatural he is and how much you lack in that department. he had done this a bunch over the last few days as he was beginning to tell you more and more about the mate bond and what it entails if you went through with there marking process. "Maybe even communicate through our thoughts."

"I think you mean when Jisung. When you mark me." You got up on your tip-toes and kissed his cheek with a mischievous smile, leaving him gaping at you in shock. "We should go see her."

You slowly walked hand-in-hand with Jisung into the infirmary, a pink tint on your cheeks, as you saw Areum and Taeyong sitting by Ryujin's bed as she downed a large glass of water. When you walked up the the end of the bed, you stood there for a moment. Her gaze flickered from Jisung to you, and all of a sudden she burst into a wide smile.

"(Y/N)!" She leaped forwards and hugged you, and though she had good intentions, with her new strength, she kind of crushed you into a bear hug embrace knocking you to the floor with her. It was clear to Jisung that she had nor the strength, control, or understanding of the strength she weirded as a werewolf.

"Check this out!" She let her eyes flash blue, while she still crushed you under her body weight. You smiled back at her, as she continued to talk. "Taeyong says I'm a Beta."

"That's amazing, Ryujinnie! I am so glad you're happy!"

You got up off of the floor with the help of Jisung, as Areum smiled at her sister, before turning to you with a knowing smile. "I also told her that there is a school dance on Friday night and you should all go. Jeno, Jaemin, Renjun, Haechan, Chenle, You two and Ryujin. I'll even pay for the tickets."

"Will you go to the dance with me, fluffy?"

"Of course, honey." He smiled and pecked your lips.

"Bleh! Ugh! I'll never get used to the two of you acting like a couple, it's weird now. I can hear his thoughts and everything. I don't need to know the ins and outs of you and my best friend's love life Jisung." Ryujin ranted, as she contorted her face into a scowl, her nose scrunched slightly. "Speaking of the dance– we need to go dress shopping!"

"Let's go tomorrow. Sorry, Sungie, movies in your room will just have to wait until Saturday."

"I'm just heartbroken, you have to leave me with Chenle?"

"He's not that bad." Ryujin tried and failed to reason, as now both you and Jisung had turned from looking at each other to looking at her.

"He is, but he imposes on our movie dates."

"He is, but he's my best friend."

Neither of you had realised you had spoken in unison, until Taeyong and Ryujin let out hysterical laughs. Ryujin stuck her nose in the air, an air of too-little seriousness surrounding her. "Too bad, tomorrow is a girl's day out. No boys allowed."

"Okay." He sighed, pinching the bridge of his nose, then looking to you with love in his eyes, but looked as if he's about to lose all his remaining sanity. "How do I politely kick Chenle out of our room for Saturday."

"The answer's very simple, loverboy; you don't." Ryujin's voice was fully serious, and this time it was your turn to giggle. In all honesty, you had missed the human Ryujin you loved, but werewolf Ryujin was spunkier. You still hadn't decided if that was a pro or a con, either way, you knew it would be a headache for you later.

The morning rolled around quicker than you wanted it to, feeling the weight of Jisung's bed shift as he got up made your heart sink. You already knew the reason, in the back of your mind, you recall the previous night, where the pair of you spoke as he read your journalling mindlessly over your shoulder. He told you about his plans for the day, and more specifically, the patrol he was dreading to do in the morning. The dread had not subsided, as the rain fell heavily, not that it would bother him, you knew werewolves were always walking furnaces always. He just didn't like patrolling in the rain. It made everything more taxing.

Just as the day of shopping was more taxing that you'd anticipated. You had already found yourself being dragged through three dress stores. Ryujin dragged you a few steps further into the store. "Come on! This is the last store. I already have my dress and I know you still haven't gotten your's unless you bought something behind my back."

"Ryujin–"

"No! I have a feeling this night is going to be huge. You need to look the part." She had refused to hear it. You would go to that dress looking like Selene herself if she had her way.

"Okay." You conceded, thick defeat lining the tone of your voice, as you limply dragged yourself behind her.

"Also– I overheard Jaemin wants to get photos of you and Jisung together for his desk."

"Of course he does." You didn't know Jaemin well, you only knew he was an Alpha, and wasn't technically a member of Neo Culture, but you also knew that he was closest with Jisung and the twin brother of Jeno. In all honesty, you respected Jaemin, but you preferred Jeno's company, Jeno was always the one who asked you the questions rather than Jisung; he asked you how you were feeling, not asking Jisung, because Jisung wouldn't ever truly know.

"And I want photos too! I may not like Jisung in the slightest, but I can at least acknowledge that I like who you become when you're around him." Yep. Now you were sure the Ryujin you knew and still loved was not gone. She never did like Jisung, and you'd guessed, just as Jisung said, that sentiment was amplified.

The shop was nice, and the dresses were sweet, but nothing caught your eye until Ryujin started squealing. "This is it! Try it on! Now!"

Before you even had a chance to protest, you were shoved into a change room, dress in hand. You never really got a chance to look at it, as you slid it over your head and awkwardly manoeuvred your hands in order to zip up the back. With a sigh, you stepped out into the main area of the fitting rooms, where Ryujin sat, examining the expensive perfumes in the waiting area.

When you stood in front of the three angle mirrors, eyeing the dress in all it's beauty, you saw Ryujin gape. The dress itself was a bright electric ocean blue, with blue and golden sequins in swirling patters, that went up the corset-like bodes and down the A-line skirt that fell to your shins and flowed around you like a flower.

"It's the one." You said, eyeing yourself in the mirror, and Ryujin had no words left to say, only a nod of agreement. You had never felt more beautiful than in that moment.

"Jisung's jaw will literally be on the floor. You'll look stunning."

"Not as stunning as you." Your words held nothing but the truth, Ryujin was now a werewolf, and thus had that other-worldly supernatural beauty with no flaws.

"I would be lying if I agreed with you. You'll take his breath away."

The drive home–courtesy of Kun's trip to the coffee shop for Chaeyoung's favourite croissants–was relatively fun. You spent the half-hour blasting out your favourite songs and having a genuinely good time for the first time in a long time. It made you look forward to your future with Neo Culture, part of you couldn't wait for it to start. You loved them all so much.

Your eyes only slightly widened when you saw the time, 4PM. You knew if you told Ryujin she'd scream at you, and tell you it was your fault for taking so long in choosing a goddamn dress. It was only when you arrive, that she saw Jisung, Chenle, Jaemin, Jeno and Renjun in the driveway, standing next to Jeno's Mercedes G-Wagon that she rolled her eyes.

"Rendevous later, lovebirds! We have hair and makeup to do." Without a second thought she grabbed your wrist and dragged you all the way up to her new room, which was at the end of the left hallway on the second floor. She smiled happily as she slammed the door shut, which firmly told Jisung to not come in under any circumstances. "By the way, (Y/N). I blame you for only giving us 2 hours to get ready."

She shrugs as she forcefully sits you down at the vanity and works on doing your hair with an almost supernatural precision. She started by dutch braiding either side, then finishing it off with a sleek low bun. With equal amounts of supernatural precision, she took our stray strands and curled them into ringlets.

"This is perfect!" She exclaims, jumping up and down excitedly, but you only gaped at her. Never had she ever been able to do anyone's hair with such other-worldly precision before.

"I love it." You smile up at her, as she the proceeds to move onto her own hair, while you pick up your makeup brushes and products, beginning to apply your makeup, in the form of a brown smokey eye and a red lip.

By the time the two fo you were getting into your dresses, shoes, and doing finishing touches, the rapid sounds of impatient knocks started at the door.

"What, Chenle!" Ryujin shouted, her voice holding nothing but an anger and venom filled tone at the annoying boy. She didn't like him when she was human, and you had only figured that had been amplified when she was a werewolf. Her voice held a level of ferocity you'd never heard from her before, and you were guessing it was another side effect of her no-longer-human status.

"We've been waiting downstairs for like... ever." He groaned, banging his head against the door, over and over, creating a banging sound that rang throughout the room.

Mid head bang, Ryujin open the door, hitting Chenle in the head with it, her smile was sickly sweet but her voice still had that same ferocity, and if you didn't know she was now a werewolf, you would've been unnerved. "Well, that's just gonna have to be a you problem, isn't it?"

"Nope, it's not. I'm ready." You smiled, turning around from the full length mirror, as Ryujin pushed open the door even wider, once again hitting Chenle. You supposed she took great pleasure in hitting Chenle.

Ryujin sighed with relief, a smile on her face. "Fucking finally, I wanted to get dancing an hour ago."

"Well, let's get this show on the road then." You smiled, walking fully out into the hallway.

Chenle was still standing outside the door, a smile on his face, as Ryujin made a hand gesture as if she was using a crackling whip, only to indicate how whipped Jisung was for you. "He's waiting for you."

Your smile widened, as you pushed past them and ahead down to the stairwell. You looked down into the foyer and it felt like one of those cliche move moments, because Jisung's jaw was practically on the floor. Walking down the stairs, you met him at the bottom. Out of the corner of your eye, you could see Areum with a camera, and before you could even say anything, the camera flashed in your faces.

"Areum! Let them have their moment!" Ryujin shouted from the top of the stairs, she failed to sound seriously angry with the smile on her face as she watched the two of you from the landing.

"Okay! Okay!" Areum put polaroid the camera down, letting it sit limply by the strap on her neck.

"You look handsome." You turned to him with a smile on your face, wrapping your arms around his neck momentarily to get on your tiptoes, to give him a kiss on the cheek. Once again, in that exact moment, the click and flash of the polaroid camera could be heard again.

"Areum!"

"Alright! I heard you the first time!"

"You don't look to shabby yourself." He smiled, returning the same kiss on the cheek, and before the camera could flash in your faces again, he turned around, so you were facing away from the group gathered in the foyer.

"But you'd look better with this." He held up a small plastic box, and inside you could see a dried flower corsage in different shades of pink, blue, purple and yellow. You gasped, and put our your left wrist for him to tie it on.

He opened the box and put it on the side table. You didn't notice until now that Areum was not the only one with a camera. Taeyong also had a video camera and like a 90's dad was filming the entire exchange. A blush now coated your cheeks, and you were sure Taeyong was zooming in on the corsage as Jisung put it on.

"Can we get a photo now?" Aruem held up the camera, and Jisung pulled you close by the waist, your corsage clad wrist resting against his chest. Just as Areum was taking the picture, Jisung was whispering something in your ear, and you couldn't help but smile. Taking this as a sign to take photos, Areum took three photos in a row, as Taeyong cut off the video camera.

"Finally!" You laughed as Jaemin and Jeno walked out in matching tuxes, looking almost exasperated at the girls they'd agreed to take. Chaeyoung was still taking photos for the girls' parents, but the twins looked less than impressed.

"Alright, now I think it's time to get to the cars." Areum rallied the troops, opening the door and gesturing for everyone to get out of the foyer.

Ryujin and Chenle walked down the stairs, and before they could walk out the front door, Chenle handed her a little box, not dissimilar to the one Jisung had given you.

"You got me a corsage? That's really sweet, Chenle, but I still don't like you." Ryujin smile, and she struggled to hide the affection in her voice as she opened the box to see a red corsage that perfectly matched her dress.

"Okay, okay. Whatever you say. I just thought, you know... you'd want one. Even if it came from me." Chenle shrugged, a smile on his face as she took the corsage out of the box.

"Well, do I have to put it on myself, dickwad?"

"No, no! I can do that." He laughed, taking the corsage from her hands and tying it around her left wrist. Before they could say anything else, the camera flashed in their faces and you just laughed wildly, before running over to Jisung, who looked equally as amused.

"(Y/N)! I swear I will murder you in your sleep." Ryujin shouted, walking ahead of Chenle to the car.

"Not on my watch!" Jisung shouted back, promptly sitting between you and Ryujin on the ride to the school.

"Alright you six, have fun... no drugs or drinking, and no getting arrested. I won't be the one bailing you lot out, you hear?"

"Yes, Chaeyoung." Jeno, Jaemin, Chenle, Jisung, Ryujin, and yourself all answered back with a groan. You already knew Renjun would be supervising the junior portion of the dance. You felt guilty that he had to do it on his own.

"Dance with me?" He asked.

"Is that even a question?" You answered.

You smiled up him, as you walked into the dance and straight to the dance floor. It was already a slow song. You wrapped your arms around his neck, as his were around your waist, swaying to the music.

"I love this... us, together like this, I mean." You say, wrapping your arms tighter around his neck.

"We could always go somewhere more private." He smiled, leading you to the side doors of the dance, and out to a lit up gazebo, that had no one else on it.

"I love you." You look at him, with nothing but love in your eyes, and suddenly your expression changed to one of all seriousness, as you now danced to the soft slow music underneath the gazebo. "I think I'm ready, for this... for forever, if you're willing to mark me."

"You're serious?"

"More than I've ever been."

He pulled you closer, and ducked down to press his lips to your's. He loved you more than life itself and anyone could see it. Before you could say anything else, he pulled back to reveal his golden eyes. You only nodded, and he didn't have to be told twice.

He dipped you down, and you knew you should've felt pain when he bit down on the spot in between your neck and shoulder. Yet all you could feel was the sparks and fireworks that surrounded you in warmth.

Gone were the days of colds in the winter and grey hairs at twenty-nine. Now, you could be with him forever until death cruelly and inevitably tore you from each other. He was yours, and now you were his. You could now be with him for centuries. Your fate was now sealed, and there was nowhere else you'd rather be.

NEO CULTURE PACK MEMBER FILES

Name: Ahn Hana

Mate: Park Jisung (Delta in-training)

Position: Born Human, Transitioning Werewolf

Rank: Healer, Delta Female

©️ @haepii 2022

98 notes · View notes

yutahoes · 3 years ago

Text

Ghost of You

pairing: idol! Yuta (NCT member) x idol! Y/N (solo idol-actress)

word count : 5k words

genre: angst

summary: He was the one who ended everything. But you’re like a ghost that kept haunting him.

warning : break up, alleged cheating, pregnancy, a fic where you just want to strangle Yuta to death

Based on this ask. I’m sorry, I tweaked the story and changed some of the song (especially the Olivia Rodrigo one because it doesn’t fit the story) The songs I used are linked in the story. Also, I have no idea how the idol world works and please note that this is just fanfiction. Please Enjoy reading.

Broken glass, an empty unruly apartment. Signs that a big fight happened. All because of a tabloid article of him seeing his co-host late at night. Yuta argued that she needed someone to talk to and Y/N was angry that he winged their anniversary V-live just for this. “You can tell me if you’re sick of me, Yuta.” she claimed that made him hiss. “Don’t you think I didn’t notice? You’re always making up things just so you can’t meet me.”

“That’s not true!” Yuta shouted. “I am busy.”

Tears ran down her face. “Then explain how Jungwoo had lunch with me last Friday when you said that you’re practicing with your members.”

“Stop saying that I don’t even make time for you.” His voice raised in frustration. “When all you do is hang out with that co-star of yours.”

The girl scoffed. “So it’s my fault now? It’s work, Yuta.” It’s always the same reason. “I asked you a lot of times if you’re alright with the drama and you never mention anything. Now, you’re using it against me?”

The guy shook his head. “Let’s talk about this tomorrow. I’m tired.”

“And I’m also tired.” She whispered. “Let’s end this, Yuta.” She threw the promise ring before leaving the apartment.

The news next day was about Y/N erasing pictures of them in her social media accounts. The breakup news between the solo idol and the NCT member followed. Taeyong just shook his head watching Yuta exit the CEO’s office with droopy shoulders. “I really like her for you, hyung.” Mark claimed when he entered the practice room.

He didn’t know where it went wrong. They were happy. Everyone likes their relationship. His fans are her fans, and hers are his. They were tagged as the greatest idol couple, often paired in dances since it’s both their strengths. Y/N was casted in a period drama and he’s a supportive boyfriend who visited her the first day of the filming and thanked everyone for taking care of his girlfriend. She filmed romantic scenes, kissing her actor co-star. And he was fine. “It’s work, Yuta.” She would always say. And he would just smile.

He started hosting a radio show with a female Japanese idol and he was cold at her, wanting to stir away from controversy. But as her drama progressed, with more romantic scenes and more kissing, he felt left out. She’s becoming a star. And he’s becoming Y/N’s idol boyfriend. Slowly, he’s getting fed up with the relationship that’s slowly getting centered on her.

It felt like a breath of fresh air that it all ended now. Like a thorn removed from his aching heart.

All the public’s sympathy went to her, as he expected. She’s the star. The more famous one among the two of them. So he just painted himself as the bad guy by confirming that he’s dating his co-host which surprised the other girl. The agency was surprised at the decision but it became such a media frenzy that their radio show got high ratings every week. Even the sales of their album spiked up and he became known as NCT’s Yuta and not as someone’s idol boyfriend.

Everything is getting better.

-----

It was the end of the year award show when they crossed paths again. They were doing a great job avoiding each other. Why now? Nine members meant a vacant seat from the round table artists are seated at. The staff repeatedly apologized but as kind as she is, she just smiled and sat between Doyoung and Jaehyun, just across Yuta. She greeted all the members, even complimenting Haechan’s hair and Taeil’s suit. “Congratulations on best album.” she greeted, smiling widely to avoid the awkwardness.

“Aren’t you releasing an album as well?” Johnny asked that made her nod. “Another dance track?” Taeyong asked but Y/N shook her head saying that it was a ballad album and that she will perform later. The guys were obviously surprised, ballad isn’t her best track. She’s more known for her dancing skills so it is indeed a huge surprise.

When the best female idol awardee was called, the NCT members all stood up to congratulate her. Jungwoo even helped her with her pink lace gown. She did the usual thank you message: thanking her parents, the almighty being, the management, the staffs, and her fans. “And lastly…” Yuta gasped. Whenever she gets an award, she thanks him lastly for comforting and always supporting her. “Please watch out for my album.” He felt his heart drop, especially when she smiled that angelic smile. Why is she shaking him like this?

Yuta was already bored. He just wants to go home. The lights dimmed and the emcees announced her as the next performer. Because it’s a live performance, they showed some clips of her photoshoot for her new album. He had to agree that this concept fits her. She looked prettier than when they used to go out.

He was more surprised to see an orchestra accompaniment behind her on stage. Her, seated on a platform, wearing a white sequined dress that shines like stars when the spotlight shone on her. The crowd clapped just as the start of the song played. (Imagine this as the performance.)

The other members warily glanced at him. A break up song. Why isn’t he surprised?

My dream changed - instead of a famous singer, I tried to become a good wife

He remembered how she would always try to learn to cook whenever she had extra time. She never mentioned anything to him. It was until one night, they were laying next to each other, when she asked him if he wanted her to continue being an idol. That made him curious that time. She loved performing. Why would she ask that?

Now, he knew why.

By the time the second chorus rolled in, he was just amazed at how she could sing those notes while seated down. Her singing really got better.

Someday you’ll probably call me then I hope you will be a man and congratulate me

Because this is all thanks to you, I’ll prepare a good thank you message for you

He can hear Mark giggling beside him. Johnny pursed his lips as if preventing to laugh. “Hyung, please record her thank you message.” the youngest member teased that made him annoyed.

Her voice echoed all throughout the venue. Her adlibs hitting notes that she cannot do before and she’s sitting while doing that.

Slowly, I got over you like that

Their eyes met. Those sparkling eyes. She’s shining. She looks well. She looks better. Without him.

The fresh air suffocated him, burning his lungs in the process. The thorn that was removed came back and brought friends, a knife tearing his heart into pieces.

Everything is getting better. For her. Not for him.

The moment he went inside the empty apartment, he felt like breaking down. This is harder than the time she left. He missed her. He’s a wreck without her. A huge mess. Why is he taken over by his jealousy? She deserves to be the center of the relationship. The star. She deserves the whole world. Is it too late for him to get everything back now? He took his phone as a song on the radio played, “Mark, I need your help.”

Another award show meant another chance to cross paths with her. To Y/N’s surprise, Yuta congratulated her with a wide smile after winning an award. The staffs were repeatedly asking if the members were sure of doing this that made the manager and the leader nod. Johnny was seated in front of the grand piano, Mark on one side with his guitar. Taeil, Doyoung, Jaehyun, and Yuta seated on different chairs in the middle of the stage. (Song)

Johnny started the melody while Mark played his guitar. Jaehyun started the song that made Y/N look at them from the artists’ place. Yuta smiled. Her favorite band. Taeil started singing the chorus with Yuta as back-up vocals. Doyoung sang the second verse while Jaehyun sang the chorus, followed by Taeil. By the end of the song, they lightly glance at Yuta. His last cry for her.

So I drown it out like I always do

Dancing through our house with the ghost of you

And I chase it down, with the shot of truth

He glanced at her, staring straight to those sparkling eyes.

That my feet don’t dance like they did with you

The lights dim but he saw her silhouette remain on her seat, shoulders visibly heaving. Behind the spotlight, Yuta finally realized that like a ghost, he cannot shake her off. She’ll keep haunting him because he cannot let go of her. Yuta finally realized that he is still in love with her.

They had been busy with the concerts abroad and she had been busy with the promotion of her album. Yuta’s co-host quit the radio show and days later, it was announced that she was pregnant. The members were surprised at first but it was her who confirmed that Yuta isn’t the father of the child. The public sympathy went to Yuta for the alleged cheating that the girl had done, making him in the center of the media frenzy once again.

It was a Japanese radio show when he met Y/N again. He had to promote the Japanese leg of their concert while she promoted her Japanese single. She looked casual greeting him, as if nothing happened but her words echoed in his ears “It’s just work, Yuta.” Maybe it was really nothing to her.

They were seated next to each other. He watched her put on her headphones then rubbed her palms together. “I kinda forgot Japanese.” she claimed then said a Japanese phrase to introduce herself. “Is that right?” He nodded, his warm gaze still on hers. Too casual. “I’m nervous.”

He wanted to hug her. Comfort her. Tell her that everything will be alright. That he’s next to her so she doesn’t have to worry about anything.

But he can’t. She’s not his.

The host kept on claiming that they looked good together that startled them both. When the staff told him something in Japanese, he kept on apologizing while saying that he doesn’t know that they used to date. She just smiled, shaking her head to avoid the awkwardness. She really did move on. The radio show went smoothly until the last part where they had to sing a duet together. Y/N was obviously surprised. Didn’t she know? “We can skip it if you don’t want to.” Yuta whispered.

Once again she shook her head. “It’s fine. I just haven’t prepared for it.” she claimed while looking at the music sheet. “The notes are a little high.”

“You’ll do great. Your singing got better.” She giggled at the reference and he smiled. He missed her laugh.

Y/N focused on the lyrics, asking the translator to tell her what the words mean or how to pronounce it. Yuta was reading the lyrics, seated next to her when she laughed. “Yuta,” she called and he felt his heart jump from his chest. He missed her voice calling his name. “Should we switch parts?” He looked surprised, curious even. “I mean, the lyrics.”

Yuta smiled. “Should we?”

Y/N giggled. “Sometimes I am convinced they’re doing this on purpose.” He smiled while looking at her. He missed her. So much.

The host was asking repeatedly if they want to continue this, apologizing if it ever makes them uncomfortable but she would just smile and shake her head. He thanked her for being professional and she grinned, making Yuta breathless. He missed her smile.

They were introduced and she even made a fighting sign at him as the melody started. It was a lonely song and Yuta poured all his feelings on his part. (This is the song they used. Dude, can they just remaster it by asking Yuta to sing this?)

Long time no see

His eyes turned to her. He missed everything about her.

We cannot express how we feel

Breath echoes in our ears

The radio show staff all turned to them in surprise.

My dear, you’ve already found a new love

She turned to him with her sparkling eyes.

There is no one like you

I am cheating my heart

He sang while staring at her. She even missed the first beat of her part then smiled while looking at the music sheet in front of them. The bridge of the song came and the staff looked in awe at both of them.

But you are not mine anymore

They stared at each other while singing those words. By the end of the song, Y/N’s voice was breaking so she stepped farther from the mic immediately. A smile escaped her lips when the host asked if she’s alright, apologizing that she ruined the song. Everyone were giving them compliments, fans commenting on how amazing they deliver the song and wishing that they can do a collab in the future.

“Y/N,” Yuta called on the hallways of the building. He breathed hard while she just nodded at her manager, asking her to go first. “I…” He started but the words cannot come out of his mouth. I’m sorry. My ego got the worst of me. My insecurity caused our fall. I’m a wreck without you. Please come back to me.

“Let’s not talk about it, Yuta.” She said while shaking her head. “We were immature. We’re so used to each other that we took each other for granted.” She grinned once again, eyes sparkling. Upon closer look, he figured out why. Her tears were forming. Like little pearls in her eyes. “I’m sorry, Yuta.” The words he cannot tell her. “Let’s be happy, hmm?”

Yuta smiled, taking the hand she held out. “Can I call you when I am feeling miserable?”

The girl laughed. “My number didn’t change.” She claimed. “And I still have to give you my thank message.”

He pulled her close, wrapping her in his arms. “I missed you, Y/N.”

------

Fans were delighted seeing Y/N and Yuta seated next to each other in the V-live account. A thing they always do every year on their anniversary. She was smiling, her lovely smile, while waving at the camera. Yuta adjusted the camera to capture them both before smiling his angelic smile.

“I didn’t know your V-live account still works even if it isn’t used for a year.” She claimed, leaning in to read some comments. “I also didn’t know that there are still fans who come in this V-live account.” The number of watching people raised up that startled even Yuta.

They both introduced themselves in a lively manner before the NCT member explained that they did this V-live as a thank you to fans who trended the song they sang in Japan. “I didn’t know that it would blow up like this.” He claimed and she nodded, even laughing at how embarrassing it is that her voice broke in the end.

They started reading some comments about how fans missed them together, that they look together, and that their playfulness as a couple came back. “Are you back together?” Yuta read, pointing at the comment.

“We’re not together together,” Y/N started then emphasized the last word with air quote marks. “We’re just…” She lightly glanced at him who was looking at her, mirroring the same smile she had. “Just patching things up and fixing ourselves.” Yuta continued for her.

“Is there a possibility of a come back?”

Y/N giggled before pointing at Yuta. “NCT is coming back with a new album. I’m preparing for a fall comeback.” The guy laughed at that. “Yuta, do you want to be featured in my album?”

He nodded immediately. “Will you write me a love song?”

She grinned, shaking her head playfully. “I’m not gonna write you a love song~” she sang before laughing. Yuta chuckled, poking her side playfully. “But we’ll see.”

The fan asked what they had been up to. Y/N shared that she’s writing songs for her album and Yuta saying that he hangs out with the members often and the preparations for their comeback. “I’ve been hanging out with Jaehyun a lot.” he claimed, “I’ve been liking his music choices lately.”

“You’re already done with your rocker state?” She asked, feigning a shock. “What song have you been listening to lately?”

Yuta smiled, taking his phone out of his pocket. He played the song and Y/N smiled that there’s still a rockish feel on it. (Song)

Oh, all my emotions feel like explosions when you are around

Yuta mouthed the words, trying to look for comments but his gaze was on her while jamming on the song. A smile crept his lips and he saw how one fan pointed out that he’s so in love with her. He is.

“This song is so nice.”

“Honestly, it kinda reminds me of you.”

He’s singing ‘She’s a, She’s a lady And I am just a boy’

He’s singing ‘She’s a, She’s a lady’ And I am just a line without a hook’

Oh baby, I am a wreck when I’m without you I need you here to stay

She looked surprised when Yuta sang the lines of the songs. The side of his lips curled up when he saw the sparkle back in her eyes. They talked a bit about what fans should watch out from their respective schedules. They said goodbye in a lively manner before Yuta ended the V-live.

Y/N leaned on the couch, breathing heavily. She lightly glanced at Yuta and he smiled. “Want to get some sushi?” She nodded, grinning widely.

Yuta cannot shake her off. Like a ghost, she will keep haunting him. And hopefully, she can come back to him.

#hotpinklists #yuta #yuta nakamoto #nakamoto yuta #yuta angst #yuta nakamoto angst #nakamoto yuta angst

185 notes · View notes

simpsiren · 4 years ago

Text

the uptight softie;

lee jeno x reader

Jeno Lee, president of the student council here in college. He’s everything you’d expect a president to be. Uptight, firm, yet still kind and sweet with his gentle side that you wouldn’t expect to stand out till you actually bother to talk to him. Though he unwillingly got voted, he still has a reputation to keep up, therefore the reason for his stern nature, not wanting to slip at any point of his college life to keep his position and do anything that’ll benefit him in University.

genre. angst, fluff, strangers to friends to lovers

word count. 19.2k~ (someone stop me omg sshsjsj)

description. Money. It has always been tempting isn’t it? It’s what makes the world go round. In this life where circumstances could easily be tipped in favour of the rich and powerful, it’s no surprise when one day Jeno is met with a woman that struck up a deal for him to tame her daughter to earn money in return. He thought it was a simple job, till he came face to face with the girl he had to keep under control.

!as they should masterlist!

It all started on a Tuesday. First week of the new school year. Jeno, being appointed as the new president of the student council, his first job was to plan a welcoming party for the new students fresh out of high school coming into their college.

“Can we please have alcohol?” Everyone’s heads turned to Ten in unison as his suggestion rang through the ears of the council members. With a sigh, Jeno leaned forward and covered his eyes with his hand for a moment before removing it and replying a, “Do you want me to be stripped of my position?” He questioned, not expecting a reply in return as he darted his eyes down on Ten.

“We can simply sneak it in though.” Jeno gaped his mouth open, lightly scoffing in disbelief as he heard his vice president even considering it as well. “You can’t be serious, Haechan.” Jeno leaned back into his chair, arms folded as the room fell silent. Everyone watched quietly while Jeno was deep in thought. He suddenly sprung back, sitting upright and placing his arms on the table, fingers clasped together in the most formal way possible.

“Only for the seniors.” Jeno scanned his eyes across the room, reading everyone’s expression that he couldn’t quite make out. Ten lets out a groan, slamming both hands palm down on the table. “Um hello? This party is for the freshmen for God’s sake. Why even allow alcohol when you’re only giving it to the seniors? No seniors will be there but us.” Ten rolled his eyes and huffed in exasperation. “We can get drunk anytime.”

Jeno turned his head to his next targets, aka the rest of the council. “What’s your say on this matter?” The four members, Mark, Winwin, Sungchan and Yangyang exchanged looks with each other. Jeno squinted his eyes while watching them send telepathic messages among them. None chose to reply Jeno. And so Mark was the only one to speak for the rest, saying, “I don’t think it’s a good idea.”

Ten stood up, pushing his chair so far back that it made contact with the wall, hands on his hips as he tried to supress his anger, Haechan doing the same while sitting down and dropping his head on the table. Jeno confidently rose from his chair, the loud sound of him closing shut the clipboard he had for the meeting. “That’s settles it. Meeting’s over.” Jeno announced with a very small, almost invisible smirk.

Ten and Haechan groaned and sulked in disappointment together while the rest began to pack up. Jeno made his way to the door with a cunning smile on his face. Just as he was about to grab the door handle, the door was already flung open for him. “Maybe I speak to Mr. Lee?” Jeno looked at the person standing in front of him. It was a woman. A young and healthy woman in her forties. It seemed like she had everything designer. Clothes, handbag, accessories.

“Which one are you referring to?” Haechan shouted from the back, making Jeno glance over his shoulder and wanting to roll his eyes but refrained himself from doing so in front of the woman. “Mr. Lee Jeno, of course.” Haechan lets out a loud and shameless ‘tsk’. Jeno cleared his throat, moving his body aside to give way for the woman. “Come in. Guys please exit quickly, thank you.” The woman walked in and took a seat. Jeno waited for the rest to float out of the meeting room and sat back down in his original spot.

“So who are you and why have you come to visit me?” Jeno asked politely, placing his clipboard back on the table and looking at the woman who sat two seats away from him. “I have an urgent matter to discuss.” She began, and Jeno was all ears. “I assume you’re aware that there’s going to be a new transferee.” Jeno glanced sideways and nodded, remembering that he’s been informed on the matter before the start of the school year.

“And what about it?” The woman sighed, leaning in as she stared at Jeno. Not knowing how to react, he simply stared back. “The one that’s transferring is my daughter. And I’ll be straight up with you. She’s not the best student to have around.” Jeno arched his brow in a questioning manner upon hearing the description from the apparent mother of the transferee. “She’s hard to handle. A delinquent, in other terms.”

Jeno didn’t know what to reply. He’d be asking, “So what’s this got to do with me?” But the woman already answered that mental question of his, saying, “As president I think you’re the most suitable person to take care of her.” Jeno blinked his eyes rapidly. Heaving a silent sigh, he licked his lower lip and looked to the table for a moment. “You want me to keep an eye on her?” Jeno asked, inferring from her previous comment.

The woman sucked in her lips and nodded firmly. “She’s been moving from college to college and she never seems to stay for longer than a semester. I’m hoping to stop this by having her be tamed.” Jeno placed his hands firmly on his thighs, leaning in as the side of his lips crept up into a small smirk. “What do I get out of this?” Ah, of course. The golden question. What could Jeno do? He was genuinely curious. And he was never one to do something if it didn’t benefit him in some way.

“I’ll pay you for it.” Jeno couldn’t even bat an eye as her words went in his ears and settled in his mind. He couldn’t help but gap his mouth open ever so slightly. He knew the woman was rich. He began to think about just how much is she willing to pay for such a job. “She’s rich so I could negotiate with her.” Jeno thought to himself, clearly already intrigued.

“How much?” The woman raised both her eyebrows, as if surprised that she’s been asked that question. “Two thousand every month. I’m willing to pay more if you do a good job and she doesn’t get into trouble for the first half of the semester.” Jeno chuckled for a second, nodding his head as he began to felt happy. Looks like he didn’t need to negotiate after all. But he also wondered if she’s paying him this much due to how hard the job could be. Either way, blinded by money, Jeno placed his palm firmly on the table and whispered, “Deal.” with much determination.

I was out at a restaurant. And though I knew I had fo attend college soon, I didn’t give two shits. I simply ordered a ribeye steak for dinner and enjoyed the luxuries of spending the money in my credit card away into thin air.

I was just finishing my last bite when my phone dinged. Curious, I flipped my phone screen side up since I haven’t looked at it the moment I stepped into the restaurant. The sight of the notification had my eyes rolling even before I opened it. “College of NCT?” I questioned, reading over the words sent from my mother. So that’s the new college I’m attending. I didn’t even have time to mentally prepare. “Thanks for telling me so late.” I muttered, turning off my phone and shoving it in my pocket and left the restaurant after making my payment.

No one was at home, as per usual. My parents usually working late every single day. It feels as if they’re never home. I got ready for bed, getting comfortable and letting my body sink into the silk sheets and fluffy blanket. I spent the night scrolling through Instagram stories. Just then, I pressed my thumb down on the screen, making it stop on one specific story that a follower of mine posted.

“Isn’t that the college I’m suppose to go to?” I asked myself, squinting my eyes to get a clear view of the picture. It was a group of girls, and behind them was the college crest. I smacked my lips, nodding in affirmation after I confirmed it. I got curious, spending more time to observe her next few stories. I tilted my head in awe, watching as she took a video of herself preparing some party somewhere on campus.

I texted a reply to her story asking, “What are you guys preparing for?” I rolled over so that I was laying on my stomach, shoulders to my ears as I waited for her reply. A reply popped up, making me instantly click on it. I gaped my mouth open, a mischievous chuckle escaping. “A party for the freshmen? Well I’m not a freshman but it’s still a party.” With a shrug I laid back down, turning off my phone as taking a mental note of when the party was so that I could have my fun.

I knew very well I had classes to get to before the party but I simply chose to skip. It’s only the start of the year anyways so I assumed that there wasn’t anything important for me to know, except for the party of course. It’s held on a Friday night, like all parties do. I decided to wear something casual, a sweater and wide legged jeans, something that doesn’t scream, “This girl is from a rich family.” I had to blend in, right?

While taking my necessities on the kitchen counter, my eyes slowly went to the cabinet where my parents stored their alcohol. I looked left and right, as if I was being watched, thinking if I should grab a bottle. But, with a happy giggle, I skipped on over and slide open the glass door, eyes glazing over the many bottles of different alcohols. Without giving it much thought, I grabbed the bottle that seemed to have the largest cotent and shoved it into my bag and went off.

I had to the take the train here, of course, again keeping up with my theme of not looking rich. The number of eyes I’d be receiving if I were to roll into their parking lot with my white lamborghini would have been countless. I took slow steps to the gate, eyes looking over the whole campus to get a glimpse of it. With a sigh, I said, perhaps too loudly, “It looks exactly the same as every college!” I glanced over my shoulder, a few eyes on me as they walked past but I shrugged and continued walking.

Entering the school, it was pretty easy having to know where the party was. I just had to follow the large crowd of youngsters. Loud chatters could be heard all around me. The more steps I took to the venue, the more I began to think about what was I even doing here. It’s a party, yes. But what was I doing here with freshmen? I shook my head as if clearing slate, wanting to take this outing as, “I should get a feel for the college anyways.”

I stepped in. It was an outdoor party, fairy lights dangling from tree to tree, making the area illuminated with an orange hue. There were circular white tables all over and equally spaced apart. I flashed an unimpressed expression, eyes drooping and body slightly slouched as I gaped my mouth open. “The fuck kind of party is this?” I questioned with a shake of my head, pinching my temples as I hear the most boring party music that being played through the speakers.

I made my way over to the pantry first thing, grabbing a plate and shoving whatever food I could till it was full. I grabbed an empty cup from the side and started to walk around for a place to sit. As I looked around, disappointed started to wash over me. The party felt too formal, but it also wasn’t since there were people jumping and dancing to whatever gross music the DJ chose to play.

I took out the bottle of alcohol, realising I had pulled out vodka. Either way, with a shrug of my shoulders, I opened the bottle and poured at least half into the red cup, sliding the bottle back in my bag discreetly. I leaned forward, elbows on the table letting it support my upper body as I took slow bites of whatever food I had on my plate. I bobbed my head slowly, trying to get a liking for the music being played but I groaned in despair. “Who even is the DJ. Whatever they’re playing sucks.” I turned my head to where the DJ was, he was banging his head so furiously and partying as if it’s the best song he’s ever played.

“Must be Lucas then.” I flinched and jumped around at the voice behind my back. It was a guy. I observed him up and down, he looked like any regular student, except for the fact that he’s way above average in the attractiveness scale. “And who might you be?” I questioned with a smile, unconsciously lifting up my cup and taking a sip.

He shoved his hands into his pockets, weight being placed on one leg as he leaned back slightly. “Lee Donghyuck. But I should be the one asking you that, right? You don’t look like a student here.” Donghyuck tilted his head to the side, a smile cracking on his lips. I huffed, placing the cup down roughly on the table. “Well, I’m about to be.” He squinted his eyes at me as if he knew something but tried to keep a neutral face.

“Can you tell this Lucas guy to play something better? This does not feel like a party at all.” Donghyuck scoffed at my comment, nodding his head with much agreement. “Right?! There isn’t even any alcohol.” He whined, shaking his shoulders from left to right and scrunching his face up like an unhappy baby. “Want some?” I asked, jerking my head down to the cup. He blinked his eyes rapidly, peeking into the drink. “You bought vodka? How’d you even know there wasn’t going to be drinks here?”

I chuckled in response, eyes staring at the drink for a moment before going back to meeting his gaze. “Could say I have my ways. But with the knowledge that it’s a freshmen party, it’s pretty clear that there won’t be any alcohol.” I wanted to gag at the way I spoke that. I was sounding too formal explaining something so simple. “Whoever planned this party can suck on toes.”

Donghyuck laughed out loud, leaning back and holding his stomach. “Oh God finally someone said it! Lee Jeno is in fact the most boring president there is!” He continuously banged his fists on the table, bursting with glee as he made fun of whoever Lee Jeno was. Donghyuck grabbed my cup and finished the entirety of the vodka, hissing as he swallowed. “Well I don’t know who you are but have fun. Don’t worry I’ll try to change the DJ.” With a flirtatious wink, he sauntered off, disappearing into the crowd in a matter of seconds.

I poured myself another half cup, downing it sip by sip and pouring again. The cycle went on and I already feel it kicking in, head beginning to spin ever so slightly as I even struggled to stand up. “Fuck.” I whispered, thinking about how drunk I already was as I lost track of how much I’ve downed in the past hour. I looked around, my vision blurred with little to no focus. Suddenly, the song changed, a huge drop was about to hit. I bobbed my head with a giggle, the music finally being something I could actually jam to.

I glanced down at my phone when the crowd settled down. Squinting my eyes, I realise that it was getting close to twelve in the morning. I shoved my phone in my bag and took wary steps, unstable each time I walked past a person and having to touch their shoulder for support. I stopped by a tree, panting as if I’ve run two kilometres to get here. I wasn’t feeling good at all. The world that was spinning in my head suddenly shuts down as my ears blocked out every noise in my surroundings, my vision getting worse and worse. Maybe I shouldn’t have bought the vodka.

I suddenly began coughing, my stomach starting to churn as I gagged, feeling as if I’m about to vomit any minute. I released my grip off the tree trunk, placing both hands in my knees as I hunched over, continuously coughing. I was about to collapse when I was suddenly being held up by my waist. “Woah you good there?” I didn’t know who it was, nor did I care. I let my body go weak, legs unable to support me no longer. “Hey what do you think of birds that get shot-” And just like that, it came out. The vomit, I mean. All the food I’ve eaten, the vodka. I realised I vomited on this person’s shirt, making him let go of me and taking steps back in shock. And before I could even hear them say anything, I passed out unconscious.

I winced in pain the moment I gained my consciousness. My body couldn’t move an inch and my head was banging, only making me place a hand on my head with little to no hope that that’ll help with the dizziness even the slightest bit. I slowly fluttered my eyes open, closing them back instantly as I was being blinded the lights of wherever I was at.

I opened back my eyes slightly, seeing a few figures standing around and looking down on me. I swallowed, trying to sit up straight but instantly failing, dropping my head back on the couch. The door was suddenly slammed opened, making me flinch at the sudden shock that flowed throughout my body.

“What’s such a big matter than I had to be called here?” A guy with a low voice half-shouted. He sounded extremely furious. Another guy came bursting in, going past the angry one and standing right in front of me. I narrowed my eyes, focusing on one random spot to get my vision to focus. And once I did, I was met with the sight of a bunch of men. All of them being ridiculously attractive.

“The fuck am I dreaming? Suddenly I’m dreaming.” I said with a giggle, putting my hands up in front of me and opening them up as if showing a rainbow. All of them kept silent till the angry one heaved an annoyed sigh. “Who even is she?” He asked. The one beside him groaned, placing a palm on his forehead. “Didn’t you read my text?! She literally vomited on my shirt!”

“And if you aren’t aware, she’s not even from our school!” I furrowed my eyebrows, his shouting making my head hurt even worse. “Bitch shut up you’re too loud.” I mumbled, rolling my eyes and waving a lazy hand to no specific person. He scoffed and leaned forward as if wanting to throw a punch but was quickly held back.

I made eye contact with every one of them. They were looking right back, simply staring as if they don’t know what to do. “So you’re saying she crashed here, Ten?” Another person questioned. “Well she was drunk.” He replied, folding his arms and huffing. I noticed how the angry one kept looking at me. He had his eyes squinted and staring meticulously.

Jeno couldn’t help but try and put the pieces together. Someone that wasn’t from his school apparently crashed their freshmen party and she said she’s about to be part of the school. It became obvious to Jeno that she could be the woman’s daughter. He wasn’t told when she would start attending since he had forgotten to ask about that crucial information, but it seemed like he didn’t have to. However, being way too tired to handle such a problem...

“Why did you even bring her here? Send her out. If the higher ups find out, I’m dead, not you idiots. This is why I didn’t want to allow alcohol in the first place.” He growled, voice getting lower than before and sending a shiver down my spine. And he left the room as quickly as he got in. Everyone let out sighs of relief the moment he did, as if his presence were choking them to death. “What did he even mean by that? It’s not like she knew about the no alcohol rule.” One grumbled. “Because she’s not suppose to be here in the first place!”

“Can you stand?” One of them held their hand out. I grabbed it as they helped to pull me up, my back instantly slouching with bended knees to get my balance. “S-Should one of us send you home or?” He looked to the others, silently asking for either their help or their opinion. One of them shrugged and folded his arms. “Wait!” The guy I vomited on shouted.

“Did you say you aren’t from here but will he attending soon?” He leaned close to my face, to which I responded with a lean back. I blinked my eyes rapidly and nodded my head slowly, not sure of where he’s getting at. He immediately snapped his fingers as his mouth gaped open, so as his eyes as if a lightbulb appeared and glowed over his head. “You’re the transferee, aren’t you?!”

“What are you talking about, Ten?”

“Haechan I thought you knew about this? About the new student that’s transferring.” The person, now I remembered to be the Donghyuck I had a small conversation earlier, widened his eyes, flickering them from me to Ten. “Jeno didn’t tell me anything.” Ten groaned and shook his head. “Some vice president you are.” “Maybe Jeno doesn’t even know.”

“Winwin’s right. You can’t trust Ten. Who knows where he got this information.” “Twitter obviously.”“I’ll literally throw you off a building, Sungchan.”

Though I was still feeling a little sick in the stomach and head, it didn’t take me long to figure out what they’re talking about. Apparently Haechan is the vice president while I assumed this Jeno guy to be the president, with information from my previous chat Donghyuck, which now I knew to be Haechan. “Can I just sleep somewhere?” I croaked out, smacking my dried lips and running a hand through my hair. “I’ll do it.” The one that held my arm said, lifting his free hand up lazily. “Let’s go.”

I was taken to another room, which seemed to be a dorm. His room didn’t seem to look like a huge mess, but it wasn’t the cleanest either. He guided me through the door and settled me down on his bed. He went back to close the door and sat down on the floor, motioning his hand to the bed and saying, “You can sleep on my bed.” to which I responded with immediately plopping my body down and closing my eyes.

I was about to drift off to sleep when he suddenly cleared his throat, as if wanting to get my attention. I opened my eyes, seeing him sitting in front of me with his legs crossed and knees pulled to his chest. “Is it true that you’re the transferee Ten was talking about?” With a sigh, I nodded my head. “Why didn’t you come for your classes this week then?” Mark asked. “I’m lazy?” I replied with a light chuckle. “Honestly I don’t care. I just go when I feel like it.” I added on, shrugging. He pursed his lips into a thin line. “What course you taking?” “Biomedical science.”

“I’m Mark, by the way.” He introduced himself suddenly with a soft smile. I reciprocated it. “_____.” He looked around his room, seeming to be in thought. “Don’t worry about whatever just happened. We can settle it tomorrow.” He turned around, reaching his hand out to pull on a string that turned off the lamp light that was on when we stepped in. With that, I closed my eyes, instantly falling asleep the moment I did.

The next day, I was woken by the sunlight hitting my face, the windows and curtains that were closed last night now fully opened and lighting up the room. I took in my surroundings, spotting Mark sleeping on the floor, curled up with no pillows to hug or support his head. I sat up, rubbing my eyes and bending doen to tap Mark on the shoulder. “Good morning...?” I whispered.

I mentally chuckled to myself, thinking how I even ended up in such a situation. I came to a freshmen party, got drunk, got myself into trouble with a group of men I don’t even know. And now I was waking up in a dorm of a guy. He has still yet to wake up, so I shook his shoulder again, a little rougher this time. “Wake up.” I said, raising my voice slightly. I turned to my phone which was peeking from underneath the pillow to check the time. 10:05AM.

“Hey.” I shot my head back to Mark, who slowly got up with a grunt. He slouched his body forward and ruffled his messy hair vigorously. “Wait what time is it?” Mark asked, looking around frantically and patting his sweatpants for what I assumed to be his phone. “Chill it’s 10:05. I mean, unless you have morning classes.”

Mark placed a hand on his chest, exhaling slowly in relief. “No I don’t. Mine starts at one.” I clicked my tongue and nodded my head, taking in the irrelevant information. My phone dinged again, and it was from my mother. “Great. My mom found out about last night. How did she even know? I blocked her from my socials. And since when did she even care about what I do?” I thought to myself out loud, making Mark look at me and listening. “Sounds like you don’t have a good mother.” He commented. I scoffed at his words. “Well whatever you’re thinking just times that by a hundred.” Mark chuckled, standing up on his feet.

Mark looked down on his phone, his eyes scanning down the screen quickly before he lifted his eyes up to me. “Get ready by twelve. I just got told to send you to Jeno.” He shoved his phone into his sweatpants, wanting to walk away but he stopped when I shouted out his name, turning around sharply and humming in question.

“Is Jeno someone important...?” I asked, sounding somewhat scared. Mark chuckled lowly, scaring me even more like whatever words that were about to come out of his mouth would send me away from this school. “He’s... You could say an intimidating president of the student council. Like those bosses that tops everyone.” Mark described him carefully, the tone of admiration shining through slightly and thinking deep to find what other things about Jeno he could say.

“But he’s fine when you actually know him. He just puts on his tense nature during meetings, which scares most of our council members only during those meetings. For your information, he was the one that came in the room we were at yesterday looking pissed and angry.”

I looked up, trying to recall last night’s disaster. I did refer to him as “angry guy” in my mind, but I never bothered to take a close look at him and remember how he looked. “Should I be worried? “Depends on how you act when you’re talking to him.” Mark replied quickly and turned around to walk away into the bathroom.

I laid back on my bed, looking through my socials while waiting for him to finish showering. He came out after about ten minutes, now wearing jeans and a white shirt. Mark jerked his head to the bathroom, holding up the small towel he came out with and using it to dry his hair. I raised both my eyebrows and sat up, walking into the bathroom.

While showering I kept thinking about Jeno. I kept telling myself that I didn’t need to be scared, he didn’t sound scary at all. From the way Mark described him, I assumed he was like those “Hard Outer but Soft Inner” type of guy, which trust me I have met plenty of times. How could Jeno be any different? I had to wear the same clothes, which I found to be slightly uncomfortable but I just had to live with it till I move into the dorms.

I followed behind Mark as he took me to where Jeno wanted to meet me. Mark gave a pat on the shoulder, leaning in and whispering a “Goodluck.” when we ended up in front of the door. As I heard Mark’s footsteps walking away and eventually disappearing, I looked up at the sign on the door. “Student council.” I clicked my tongue, shrugging and going in without giving much thought.

The moment I stepped foot into the room, I felt it. I felt what Mark meant by his aura scaring the council members. The room was overpowered by the energy Jeno was radiating. I stared at him, not moving an inch. He didn’t move as well, simply sitting casually as his eyes met mine. It sent chills down my spine, just his stare alone. It felt as if I was being stripped with him scrutinizing my every physical detail. “Hey.” Jeno greeted. Surprisingly, it sounded light and normal. But who knows? It could just be for this one greeting.

I idled my way to the chairs, looking around I recognised this room. It was the one I woke up in last night when I was being surrounded by a whole gang. I slowly pulled out the chair and took the seat right next to him. I didn’t know I could be this intimidated. No words were yet to be said, and with each second that passed by, I wished that I could just melt and disappear from this place.

“I didn’t call you here to interrogate you about what happened last night. Though I found it odd how you came waltzing into the freshmen party that you weren’t invited to and caused yourself trouble.” Jeno leaned forward against the table, forearms up with his fingers interlocked and parallel to the table. I furrowed my eyebrows, forehead creased. I gulped, allowing myself some leeway from my tensed up posture to slouch my body into the seat. “Uh so do you need me to explain or-”

“No. I just need you to move into the dorm at building A, level five, dorm number fifty six tomorrow and start coming for class. From what I know, you skipped every single one this week. I don’t think that a good way to start the year, don’t you agree?” I didn’t quite know what to pick up from the way he was talking. It sounded professional, yet sending me a mental message that said, “I didn’t want to be here but oh look.” He could even sound like the leader of a wolf pack, if wolves could ever talk.

I stared into his dark, soulless eyes. I could see the annoyance in there like it’s lodged in his pupils. But he tried to keep it hidden with neutral expression. “I might not do the latter.” I said with a bob of my shoulders, as if I did not give a single care for the world, which to some extend, was true. “In fact I could pack my shit up and fly to London tonight.”

“Too bad. I don’t think that’ll be happening. Doing background research, I got to know that we’re taking the same course. And if I don’t see you in class next Monday, I can easily call backup and drag you into class.” Jeno placed a finger upright on the table, leaning in as his eyes widened and narrowed down on me, making him the only thing in my focus and preventing me from breaking our gaze.

The more I stared at him, the more my eyes trailed to not just his eyes that looked like a puppy’s, but his other features, from his hair to his nose and to his lips, which were all in perfect proportion within a beautifully sculptured face structure. I had to admit, he was attractive, more attractive than other guys I’ve been in contact with, he was however more to the cuter side. I wondered how I even passed such a face last night. But his face did not match his attitude at all. He had the look of someone bubbly and just simply adorable, not whatever he’s been radiating.

“Fuck what are you? My bodyguard or something? I do what I want.” I said, pushing the thought of his attractiveness out of my mind. The corner of his lips lifted up slightly. “Not while you’re here.” I leaned back, copying his expression as I scoffed in amusement. “Yeah sure.” I waved my hands in the air as if wanting to spread my sarcasm throughout the room. “If there isn’t anything else to discuss...” I trailed off, pushing my chair back freely and standing up, taking slow and relaxed strides to the door. I opened it and went out, just when the door was about to close behind me, Jeno shouted, “Monday, ten am!” the door slamming shut after.

I let out a ‘tsk’ and rolled my eyes, something I wasn’t able to do moments ago. “Drag me there, Mr. Lee Jeno.” I grumbled under my breath, folding my arms and making my way off campus, taking out my phone as I called my helper to get all my stuff moved to my designated dorm while I thought about what to eat for lunch.

I spent the weekend locked up in the dorm, to which I realised was much smaller than my room back home. But what did I expect anyways? I had to limit the things I had to bring here by at least a quarter, which led me to having a headache since I had to prioritize what I needed. I was simply online shopping, mostly for clothes and books. I already had my dorm tidied up too. I was just about to hit the confirm order button when it suddenly didn’t work. I keyed in my credit card information again, the same bolded in red error sign popping up on my computer. I huffed loudly, knowing exactly why this happened.

“Why did you deactivate my credit card?” I asked angrily the moment my mother picked up the phone. She gave me a long pause, to which fueled my anger more the longer she kept silent. “You’ve been spending too much money when you’re suppose to be concentrating in school.” I squinted my eyes which are still on the computer. I swung my chair around and away from the computer, crossing my legs as I let my free hand dangle off the arm rest. “What does money have to do with me concentrating in school?”

“I’m saying it’s a distraction and I’m not having you do anything that’ll keep you distracted from your studies.” And just like that, she hung up. I brought my phone back down from my ear, letting it drop on my lap as I leaned my head back, letting out an exaggerated groan. “How am I suppose to buy lunch without my card?” I suddenly asked myself, remembering the fact that I went cashless instantly when I got my card. I turned my chair back to my study table and reached my hand out for my wallet. I opened it quickly, placing my hand above my head at the sight. “Barely five dollars? Shit...”

I smacked my lips, looking around the room as I thought about what to do to solve this matter. Did my mom not take into consideration that I could be starving to death? I might as well do so and die of starvation. “What the hell are my options?” I questioned myself out loud. I was suddenly in a trance, my mind making calculations all over as I tried to lay out all the possible things I could do. Yes, I was this serious since I was that desperate for food right at that moment. I cursed, jumping off my chair and sliding my phone into the pocket of my hoodie and storming out of the door.

I paused in front of the door, the same sign on it sending my migraines if I were to look at it for any longer. I shook my head and burst the door open. To my surprise and luck, Jeno was sitting at the table, head tilted down and not giving a single reaction to my entrance. Silence filled the room for a moment till he spoke out, “Who are you to think you can come walking in here without knocking?” As if the world was put on slow motion, Jeno lifted his eyes off the table and to me, his head not moving at all as he pierced his gaze into mine like a sharp blade.

“Got a little situation for you.” I placed emphasis on the word ‘little’ to lighten the mood but I gave myself a mental slap afterwards, thinking that I gave off an impression to make it seem like it was a bigger problem than I intended it to be. But to be fair, it was a big problem. It was a food problem for God’s sake.

Jeno didn’t give me a reply, still staring at me, stern and fixated on me like he’d turn me to stone. “Apparently my mom deactivated my credit card and now I have zero money on me and I’m hungry.” Jeno raised an eyebrow at the matter, giving off the “So what?” kind of vibes which is absolutely not welcoming at all.

“And?” Jeno let out, his eyes now back on the table as he began to write something down. I sighed, glancing sideways as I thought about how much I was hating this. The atmosphere, the air that circulated the room could suffocate me till I stopped breathing, it was way too tense for my liking. “Yeah well uh you’re the only person I know so yes I’m asking you for money. I want my lunch.” I blurted out quickly, wanting to get it out there in his face. Jeno released his grip on his pen midair, letting it fall to the table. He shot is eyes up to be like rubber bands, a scrutinized expression painted on his face. “Seriously? That’s what you came here for? You could have asked anyone.”

Jeno regretted letting that out. He remembered that his job was to take care of this girl, as much as he was annoyed at the fact that he was burdened with such a matter, he had his mind set on the money, letting that being the reason for him to put up with this and not burst his head off from the annoyance he keeps getting whenever she showed up.

“Fine. But get your mother to settle this soon. And you’re paying me back after.” Jeno reached for his phone out of his back pocket, and while he scrolled his thumb down the screen, his eyes went back to me, making me tense my body up again. “Sit down?” Jeno questioned, but it was more of a demand. I quickly cleared my throat, glancing sideways before speeding up to take a seat at the exact some spot as yesterday.

We ordered take out and when it arrived, we were eating in pure silence, only the sounds of us munching and chewing to be heard. I watched as Jeno did his work while he ate, pen in one hand, hamburger on the other. The hamburger was close to his mouth as he kept taking a bite even though he has yet to swallow whatever’s left, resulting in his cheeks puffing up and chewing with his mouth full.

“What work you doing?” I asked out of curiosity, leaning in and peeking at the papers. It didn’t take me long to notice that it was related to the course I’m taking. Jen sighed, only speaking once he was done with his bite. “Assignments. You wouldn’t know since you have yet to attend class.” He mentioned it again, his words that were repeated sounding more harsh than it did before like he’s drilling it in my brain and wanting to pressure me.

“Jeez...” I mumbled, purposely making it loud for him to hear as I watch him roll his eyes in annoyance, which made him look cute if we’re being honest. “Then why do it in the student council room when you can just do it at your dorm?” I asked another question, sounding like those annoying children that just keeps throwing questions at you. And if you were short tempered, you’d explode trying to talk to them. “Because I have president duties to take care of as well.” Jeno replied in the most monotone voice ever. “Will you actually drag me to class if I chose not to go?”

“I don’t care if you have the will to go or not. I’ll drag your brain and body to the lecture hall if I needed to.” Jeno was quick to reply, I could tell he was already ticked off by me. I finished my drink, the sound that came from sucking air through the straw of an empty cup now filling the room. “If you don’t know, you have quite the reputation, especially on Twitter. If you don’t want to blow up with an image of me forcing you into class, I suggest you go willingly.” Jeno added on, clicking his pen and placing it down on the table as he leaned into his chair, a satisfied look in his eyes as he stared at his work.

“Fine. I’ll go. If you feed me lunch every day we have class.” Jeno scoffed at my comment, his tongue glazing over his upper teeth as he eyed me up and down. “You are aware that you are paying back for the food I buy just so you’ll attend class, right?” I puckered my lips, thinking it over. “Then my decision to go is still on hold.” I flashed a cheeky eye smile at him, giggling softly as I played around with the empty cup in my hand. Jeno squinted his eyes on me, shaking his head afterwards. “You can go once you’re finished. And take the trash out when you do.” Jeno jerked his chin up to the door. He was well aware that I was done with my food, I guess he wanted me out as quickly as possible, that I could infer.

I rose up from my seat and grabbed the plastic bags, exiting the room and closing the door behind me. While I went to the trashcan, I thought about how I was actually considering to go to class, thinking about how I could see this emotionless guy with pent up anger burst into flames if I tried to annoy him more. But in the end, it all came down to whether I would have enough energy to leave my bed in the morning.

I ended up sleeping very late that day, close to four in the morning actually. Spending those hours with reading and also falling down the rabbit hole of Youtube’s late night algorithm because once you start, it’ll never end. Despite the late hour that I fell asleep, I was still able to wake up before ten. I realised it was eight, making me roll in my bed and groaning in despair. I kept thinking to myself how did I even wake up this early and why? For one, I wished that I overslept so I wouldn’t have to attend class. But then I remembered the huge problem I had to deal with if I chose to do so.

After scrolling through my socials for a bit, I rolled out of bed, practically falling to the floor right affer since I have yet to gather any energy for my tired body and dragged my feet unwillingly to the bathroom to get ready. I didn’t know what to bring for class. I stared at the stack of books on my study table while I had my bag wide open after I shoved my other necessities in. I scratched my head. “Why do I do this?” I muttered to myself and simply grabbed the book at the top of the stack and went out.

Knowing which lecture hall to get to thanks to my mother informing me way before I even step foot into college, it was easy for me to find it and head in. There weren’t many people, I’d assume about ten scattered throughout the seats. I shrugged and planned to seat somewhere close to the back, however I ended up sitting at the second last row. I noticed how I had plenty of time before class but not enough for me to do anything outside. Not knowing what to do, I shoved in my earpiece into my ears and listened to music, opening the first page of the textbook I bought and making small doodles on the cover page.

As if on cue, the moment I looked up from the textbook, my hand still on it with my pencil just hovering, Jeno walked in. And it’s as if the whole hall turned into a runway. All the lights in the room were switched off, with one light to shine on him and only him. The light above hovered over him as he went up the flight of stairs.

To my surprise, he was wearing a green tropical button up, tucked into his black jeans along with black sneakers. All of it made his seemingly perfect body proportion prominent. His black hair that seemed to capture all the light was expertly slicked back with just a few strands falling down his forehead. Just as he walked past my row of seats, his eyes glanced to mine, and for a moment time stopped, he was frozen mid-walk as we made eye contact. I hate to admit it but, he did look effortlessly stunning.

I blinked my eyes rapidly, shaking my head to take myself back to reality. I turned my head to the back, Jeno was already sitting right behind me. He exhaled sharply while removing his bag off his shoulder. He mouthed something that I couldn’t make out since my music was overpowering every sound in the world. I widened my eyes and took one side off, asking, “What did you say?”

“Congratulations on coming.” Jeno said in the most non-celebratory tone ever. I slide my back down the seat, legs extending as I resumed my doodle of an eye. I could hear Jeno shuffling in his seat as he tried to take out whatever he needed for class. “We aren’t using that textbook, by the way.” I snapped my head back to face him. “Seriously?” Jeno scoffed and folded his arms, shoulders relaxed as he leaned back. “That textbook contains chapters five to ten. We’re only at chapter one, which is in the book before.” Jeno tilted his head to one side, a cunning and smile of mischief forming on his face. “Do you not bother knowing beforehand what the hell you’re learning this semester?”

I shook my head confidently at his question that I assumed wasn’t supposed to have a reply. “Never bothered.” I simply said. The lecturer walked in and class started. For the whole two hours, I was on my phone, reading, drawing, whatever the professor has said went in one ear and out the other. But I did try to take in some information, though I knew nothing about what’s been going on.

After class, I waited for everyone to leave, not wanting to handle the fact that I need to squeeze my way through everyone to get out the door. I was about to stand up when a hand was placed firmly on my table, which made me stop in my actions to look up, seeing it was Jeno. “What the hell-”

“Did you understand anything that he went through?” Jeno jerked his head to be back where the professor was still there packing his stuff. I sat back down, hand lifted up to swirl it around carefree. “Eh here and there. Some things I knew from last year.” I said with a shrug. Jeno nodded his head with sucked lips. “I’m surprised you even bothered listening. All I saw you do was using your phone and drawing.” I chuckled. “I chose to do Biomedical for a reason.”

“Anyways, you need to catch up on whatever you missed since we have a mini quiz that’s coming soon and I’m well aware that you only know five percent of whatever’s going to be tested.” I gaped my mouth open in pure shock with protuberant eyes. “Mini quiz?! It’s only January!” I raised my voice slightly, being wary as I waited for the professor to walk out.

“We have a quiz at the end of every month.” My mouth was hung open as this point, jaw to the floor as I blinked my eyes rapidly after. “None of the colleges I’ve been to even do that!” I was now able to shout, echos being followed up with it as it spreads throughout the hall. “Well now you know.” Jeno retorted back with a halfhearted smile.

“So what do I go to the council room or something?” I questioned with raised brows. Jeno suddenly slammed a sticky note on my table, I glanced down at it before looking back at him. “Come to this address at six. I’ll teach you from there. And bring the right textbook.” Just like that, he turned around sharply and walked out of the hall, though it didn’t look like a dramatic exit, to me it was.

I peeled the sticky note off my table, inspecting it closely as I read the address that Jeno wrote in such a neat handwriting, but it made sense for him to write like that. I could tell from his character. Curious, I decided to search it up while I made my way back to the dorm. Sliding the sticky note into my pocket, I read whatever was on the screen the moment Google finished loading.

“Wait it’s a tutoring centre?” I tilted my head a few degress as the name of the address I keyed in was shown on screen. I began to wonder why he wanted to teach me at a tuition centre when I could simply go to his dorm, or the council room. Though I was thinking long and hard about it, the moment I entered my dorm, it completely went out my mind and plopped myself onto my bed, getting comfortable as I fell asleep instantly when I closed my eyes.

It has always been a routine of mine to take an afternoon nap. I did wake up at three but went back to sleep since I felt that it was too early for me to get up. I knew that the tutoring centre was within walking distance so I didn’t have to rush either. I woke up for the second time, seeing that it was five fifteen. Though I knew I had time, I decided to head out and make a trip to Starbucks before I went there.

I got my drink and I was able to arrive at the centre right on time. When I entered, I was completely clueless, I didn’t know where Jeno was and all I could see were rooms after rooms. I went up to the font desk where there was a woman sitting down. “Um hi can I know where Lee Jeno is?” She flashed a warm smile and motioned her hand toward the hallway. “Right down there. Just find room twenty four.” I downshifted my head as a way to say thank you and followed the direction of her hand.

I looked left and right, trying to find the room number. I finally spotted it, walking up and peeking my head at the window on the door that gave me view on the inside. What I saw shocked me. The room was filled with kids, sitting down and concentrating on their own work while Jeno was at the front of the room, with a boy next to him.

I knocked on the door and walked in, never really thought about waiting for him to say, “Come in.” The kids has their heads turned to me for only a moment before going back to their work, not giving me my entrance much thought. “You guys can pack up and leave now! Don’t study too hard and make sure you rest, okay?”

“Yes, Jeno!” With that, the room got noisy with the kids talking to each other while they packed their bags. I went deeper into the room the give them space to leave. It was now only Jeno the kid next to Jeno that has yet to leave. I couldn’t help but get close to them to see what they were doing.

I gaped my mouth in awe, realising that Jeno was teaching the young boy. Jeno had his arm around the boy’s shoulder, having to be on his knees to meet the height of the boy while he bent his back forward to put his face next to his. The boy was extremely attentive while Jeno gave out clear explanations. I noticed a few things about Jeno while I was watching this. One, he’s nothing like how he is in college. He seemed bright and nice, gentle with the kids. Two, he’s extremely smart. Of course he would be. He’s working at a tutoring centre teaching kids. Three, I saw him smile for the first time.

Jeno helped the boy pack his bag and when he was about to leave, he turned around, waving his hand happily to Jeno. Jeno did the same, and when I turned my head from the boy to him, he had such a big smile, a smile to wide that his eyes formed a thin line. His smiling face resembled so much of a puppy’s. It shocked me to see this side of him, a completely new one that seemed to only be reserved within these walls. “Bye bye!” The boy squealed, closing the door behind him.

Jeno walked back to the front seat, taking out the textbook as well as his stationery. He looked up to me. “Aren’t you going to sit down?” And Jeno was back to being his usual self, turning to stone real quick as if none of his cheerfulness happened moments ago with the kids. I placed my coffee on the table and sat next to him. “You’re working here?” I asked very slowly, almost in a “I refuse to believe this is true” tone.

He nodded his head in response. “Part time. They let me use the room after my shift so I usually study here.” Jeno, despite being tall and having his knees to his chest while sitting on the kid sized chair, seemed comfortable and he pulled it in to get closer to the table. Jeno began teaching me and as expected, he thought me well, better than the professor actually. He sounded quite lively, again being different from his regular stoned nature as he had an aura that every kid would love their teachers to have. “So do you get it now?”

“No.” “Are you fucking serious?” “Yes.”

Jeno was instantly frustrated. He suddenly took his bag from the side, taking out packets of what seemed to be gummy bears and other types of jellies and throwing his bag back down. He opened a packet furiously and began eating at such a fast rate. “What are you doing?” I asked, eyes widening as I watch him plop one gummy bear into his mouth at a time. “Stress eating, what do you think?” Jeno growled with a roll of his eyes. I brought my head forward, mouth closed and not knowing what to say.

Worried, I quickly let out a, “Oh my God stop I was joking. I heard everything you say! Stop the...” I said while swirling my hand in front of him. “Stress eating.” I finished my sentence. Jeno took in a deep breath and slammed the already finished packet on the table. His eyes trailed from the packet and to me very slowly. “I would’ve killed you if you actually wasted two hours of my time.” Jeno said lowly, his voice never failed to make me shiver as if it sent ice cold water down my body.

“Can I have one...” I asked, not being considerate about the fact that I sent Jeno on a stress eating spree seconds ago. “No.” He quickly replied, and I couldn’t help but frown, looking down on the table. He suddenly slid a packet in front of me, making me mutter, “Thanks.” while the two of us ate in silence after.

We lost track of time, and though the air that circulated us was silent most of the time, we did have chats here and there in attemps to fill in the awkward gaps. I suddenly remembered something, making me let out an “Ah” to which Jeno responded with a hum in question. I took out my wallet and slid out the cash that I took out before coming here. “For yesterday’s lunch.” I muttered. Jeno took the money without saying a word, putting it in his wallet and placing it on the table next to him. “When’s our next class?”

Jeno looked up thoughtfully before answering. “Thursday.” He replied. “Do you have anything to do before then?” Jeno clicked his tongue, nodding. “Of course I do. I need to take care of admin matters, and work.” Jeno talked as if he had a lot on his plate, to which I can clearly see. If he wasn’t studying, he’d be teaching. If he’s not doing either, he still had duties to fulfill as the president.

“Can I follow you around then?” Jeno gave me an unimpressed look. “You could be studying.” I groaned, letting my head fall to the table with my arms below for support. “Can I call you if I don’t know anything?” I questioned, shooting my head up to look at him, who had been staring at me since long ago.

“Why would you need to when I already laid it all out for you just now? Unless you weren’t listening.” Jeno slowly opened another packet of gummies. He was probably on his fifth one at this point. “I still need your number? You’re the only person I know in our course.” I said with a frown, which unconsciously turned into a pout. Jeno arched a brow at me. “I know your number. I’ll just text you later.” I hummed in response, nodding and placing my chin on the palm of my hand as I shoved gummy after gummy into my mouth.

The first quiz of the year was coming in two days. And if we’re being honest, I didn’t do any studying for it at all. The last time I concentrated on something was the time Jeno thought me for those two hours. I got home that night and looked through the notes I’ve taken down but that was the last time I saw it. I’m assuming it’s somewhere in my bag, but I was too lazy to search for it.

I laid down on my bed, boredom being the only thing I’ve been feeling these days as for one, my mother’s keeping track of my spendings which means that I can’t simply go out and do whatever I want, though I did went to an ice cream shop that sold an overly priced ice cream that I wanted to try out. I was disappointed that it didn’t live up to the hype I saw on Instagram. And for two, I had nothing to do. Sure, I had the money. But nowhere to go.

I scrolled through my contacts, which weren’t many to begin with since I wasn’t able to make friends from the constant transfers of schools. I then stopped on Jeno’s. I went over to Whatsapp where he sent a “Hey.” The night after the tutoring session. I replied back but he left me on read never bothered replying still, to which I muttered, “Rude.” as I looked at the two blue ticks beside my last text.

I decided to text him, asking “You free?” I checked his last seen. He was online two minutes ago. Surely, he’d get my notification. Luckily he did, he went online and blue ticked my text. As I watch the words “Typing...” just below his name, my heart starting beating faster ever so slightly for some reason. Why was I even getting nervous?

“Yeah. Why?” I could already hear his monotone voice that read those two words for me in my head. I was quick to reply with a, “Help me study for the quiz on Thursday.” He took about ten minutes to reply. “No. I taught you everything already.” I scrunched up my face at his reaction. What answer was I even thinking? I rolled my eyes in annoyance.

I never met Jeno after that one day. He came in and out of classes as if I was invisible, simply carrying on with whatever he’s been doing before I came here. Though I felt quite lonely, how could I blame him? I’d be too annoying for him to even tolerate.

“Please!” I texted, purposely sounding desperate. “Or else I’m skipping and I don’t have to take the test.” I giggled like a child that stole candy from her friend, wanting to see if I made an impression on him through text. Jeno replied so fast, making me laugh out loud. “Do you not care about your grades? It’s the first quiz and you’re already skipping. Do you want my hardwork of teaching you go to waste?” He sounded mad as I read that, oh he was definitely mad.

I quickly texted a reply. “Then teach me.” I sent a wink emoji after. Seconds later, he said, “Library, twelve am. Gtg, got a meeting.” I laughed to myself, nodding my head while I placed my phone screen down beside my pillow while I reach for my book from the study table to resume my day reading like how I’ve wasted the rest of my days.

It was late into the night. And at this time of the day, I wouldn’t actually have the brain power to even study. But I guess that Jeno was way too busy that he was only free. I was beginning to feel bad for calling him over to the library this late. Some students were still studying though. The library was dark with only the light at their table switched on, making the whole place just barely lit. I sat down at a random spot. I didn’t bother to bring my textbook since I had everything I needed to know in my notebook.

I heard the door open, and came walking in was Jeno. His outfit instantly caught my eye. This late into the night and he was wearing a loose baby pink suit, baggy blazer and dress pants. His hair that I assumed to be slicked back now all messy and in disarray. He scanned his eyes over the library and instantly spotted me, our eyes locking the whole way as he came to sit down.

“Thank for inviting me this late.” Jeno whispered, though his sarcasm was screaming loudly through his words. I took a moment to simply look at him. He looked tired, worn out. He ruffled his hair, nothing to give it support no longer as he tried to tame the messiness even the slightest bit. He ran a hand down his face as he exhaled. “So.” Jeno started, wasting no time.

Two of us sighed in unison, leaning back into our seats while I picked my phone up from the side to check the time. “One thirty. That’s not too bad.” I said with a shrug. Jeno was scratching the crown of his head, closing his eyes. I couldn’t help but had my eyes superglued to him this whole time. Something about “tired Jeno” just hit different.

“Did you do this on purpose?” Jeno suddenly asked, eyes flying open and darting it down to me. I leaned back, hands in the air swiftly in defence. “Maybe. But! I genuinely needed help in concentrating.” I raised both brows, my lips forming an upside down smile. “So what you can only concentrate when you’re with me?” Jeno questioned again, his voice making it seem like he was putting me on interrogation.

I bobbed my shoulders. “Perhaps so.” “Quick of you to assume that when it’s only been one month.” Jeno said with a smile that didn’t seem like a happy one but rather mischievous and cold. “What have you been doing the whole day wearing... that.” I asked, pointing to the suit he’s still wearing. It was only now that I noticed how he had the first three buttons of his white botton up opened, exposing his skin with his collarbone peeking out ever so slightly. I guess it had been covered by the blazer this whole time.

“Meetings. Haechan wanted us to start dressing formally for who knows what reason. Trying to act like we’re office workers or some shit when he can’t even handle being a vice.” Jeno complained, pressing the side of his hand to his eyebrows to shield his eyes and sighing. “You look fashionable so I guess it’s not all that bad.” I encourage with a nervous chuckle.

“At least we got through whatever we need to know today. We can spend the rest of the day doing nothing.” I blinked my widened eyes rapidly at him. “You’re free tomorrow?” Jeno nodded after pursing his lips into a thin line. “That’s rare.” I said, as if I knew him more than a month.

I went into the hall feeling confident about taking the quiz. To be honest, the topic wasn’t that hard. I am in fact smart, it’s just that I never bothered about my grades and reputation so I laid it off most of the time, like those students who study the day before the exam yet still achieve the highest of marks.

I was waiting for the professor to come in when Jeno came strolling in, the door flung open and I couldn’t believe what’s in my vision. Jeno dyed his hair, and not just any colour, he dyed it a bright baby blue. He stood out so much he was sticking out like a sore thumb. To add on, he wore a blue blazer with jeans to match his hair. He doesn’t even look like he’s taking a quiz today.

Just like everyone else in the hall, I had my eyes on him while he made his way to take his usual seat right behind me. And when he plopped down on his seat, I gaped my mouth extra wide in front of him and scoffed, my eyes trailing up to his hair. “I can’t believe this. You dyed your such in such a colour!” I shouted, maybe too loudly.

Jeno tilted his head downwards and constantly ran his hands through his hair, ruffling it and combing it, going back and forth with the two motions. “Why did you even-” “Tell you later. He’s here.” Jeno jerked his chin to the bottom of the hall when the professor came in. We did the quiz and resumed with the lecture. Luckily for me, I bought the right textbook this time as was able to follow up with the professor. We ended class as I instantly turned around to look at Jeno, still shocked at his drastic change in hair colour, but also impressed by how good it looked on him.

I noticed how most of the girls kept turning their heads to Jeno while they make their way out of the hall, constant whispers and mutters filled the room till everyone got out. “Mm you seem to be popular.” I said, placing my stationary into my bag. Jeno was packing up as well, standing up with a sigh that lasted three days.

“So why did you decide to suddenly dye your hair?” I asked as I closely followed next to Jeno while we went down the flight of stairs. “Are you like those girls on TikTok who dye their hair when they’re stressed out?” I added on, laughing softly after as I shifted all my hair to fall on my right shoulder.

“What? No. I had a party with the council last night. I was dared to dye my hair. They picked the colour.” Jeno said out. “Congratulations, by the way.” I tilted my head up to him, an eyebrow raised. “Why?”

“Because you didn’t do anything to get in trouble this month, excluding the freshmen party incident, as well as annoying me practically every time we meet.” I laughed, nudging him on the shoulder to make him look at me since he’s had his face looking forward the whole time on our way back to the dorms.

“At least I annoy you in a good way.” I said after Jeno looked down and locked eyes with me for a brief moment. I couldn’t help but notice how he smiled ever so softly before he broke away our gaze, a smile so small ot was almost invisible but I still saw it either way.

Jeno and I had this system of having me coming over to the tutoring centre for us to simply go over whatever we were taught that week. Surprisingly, but also not so, I did well on the quiz. Jeno and I continued to have these meetups. And though I thought it was only for studying purposes, I realised how I was focused, not because I had to study, but the fact that Jeno looked breathtaking almost everyday.

Generally, I’d be skipping and dodging every attempt from my mother forcing me to focus on schoolwork. Tutors, actual professors coming over to our home to teach when I’d be running off somewhere not wanting to deal with it. I didn’t feel that with Jeno. “Looks like you know everything.” I realised Jeno was talking and I came zinging back to attention. I nodded my head with a chuckle. “This is an easy chapter to be fair.” I bragged, twirling my pen between finger to finger. We packed our stuff and left the centre, going our separate ways after bidding each other goodnight.

Jeno watched her walk further and further into the distance till her figure grew smaller and finally disappeared when she turned the corner. Jeno looked down his phone, the message from her mother that was sent two hours ago still have yet to be opened. He unlocked his phone, texting a “Got it.” Before making his way over to the address that she sent.

It was a secluded café, hidden in the deeper parts of the neighbourhood where not many would pass by and visit. Jeno saw her sitting by the window, casually sipping on her drink. Jeno took in a deep breath before entering. He quickly made his way over to her, taking the seat opposite. “So.” Jeno exhaled sharply. “The money?” The woman nodded her head and cleared her throat. “I’ll have it wired to you after we’re done here.”

“Then why did you want to meet me?” Jeno tilted his head, eyebrows furrowed as he squinted his eyes. He watched the woman as she sat up straight and placed her hands on her knees. “I just wanted to ask how she’s been doing.” The woman said. Jeno clicked his tongue, nodding his head and glancing sideways before answering, “It wasn’t easy, but worth the money I’m about to get.”

Jeno thought about just how fast time flew by, especially when he was with her. They didn’t even hang out much, just pure study sessions at his part time work place. They never once hung out with a purpose outside of studying, though they’ve been doing it for months. Just like that, the first semester had already ended. At that moment Jeno recalled all the times he’s spent with her like a movie tape that flashed before his eyes. Their every memory vividly etched into his mind, a sudden one suddenly occuring to him the moment he mentioned it.

It was Febuary 14th, Valantines Day. And instantly, I grew scared as to what I had to face this day. It happened every year, at every college I had been. And I just so happen to have class today. I paced back and forth in my small dorm, peeling the dried skin off my lips with my teeth while I fiddled with the hang nails of my thumbs, contemplation of going to class being on my mind for far too long.

Not being able to handle the stress I’ve put on myself, I opened my closer, quickly thumbing through it and taking out a black jacket, along with black sunglasses. If I had to go this far just to attend class, I’d better be receiving some sort of reward from Jeno.

I could remember what happened last year so clearly. The moment I stepped out of the building, lots, and I mean lots of guys were waiting just for me, gifts and presents for them to confess their love which I clearly accepted none. I never wanted their gifts, it wasn’t of value at all, that I could tell with just a glimpse of it. It was annoying. I knew I was popular on my socials but I didn’t know it would have escalated to such extends.

I slowly turned the knob of my door, pushing it open and peeking just my head out, carefully looking both directions before pulling my entire body out into the open hallway. I placed my hood on, pulling it so far as to cover at least half of my face as I adjusted my sunglasses and began walking. If I had bothered, I would have gone through the back exit of this building. How unlucky was I to not do it, forcing myself through main exit of the building.

I gulped anxiously, shoving my hands into the pockets of my jacket as I kept my head tilted down the whole way. I had to take a few steps down a pathway, and just when I wanted to turn a corner, time froze for the shortest of second, a large group of guys, some I’ve seen on campus at some point during my time here, others being complete strangers. They were sitting down on the floor and leaning against the walls as if they’ve been awaiting for my arrival for hours.

I couldn’t even bat an eyelash before they began coming at me. And just like that, I had to sprint like I was being chased by zombies in an apocalypse. I ran for my life, and to who knows where, I was most probably running in circles while trying to find the Science department, but was too occupied by the terror I was faced with to even think straight.

“Fucking hell.” I muttered, already out of breath as I lost track of where I was heading and how long I’ve been running. I looked down at my phone, and out of pure desperation, I unlocked it with shaky fingers, wanting to call the first person that came to mind.

“Jeno!” I screamed a cry for help when I heard his unflattering, “What?” when he picked up. “Save me! I’m bring chased! Jeno!” I was practically wailing with exclamation marks at this point. His breathing disappeared instantly after that. I realised that he hung up, only making my eyes protuberant as ever as my mouth gaped open so wide at the audacity of Jeno.

I turned my head back, the screaming of the guys never stopping this entire time. “How’s their stamina so good?!” I thought to myself, not wanting to look back again and continue running ahead at full speed. After who knows how long, I finally saw the Science department coming into my view. I flashed the widest smile on my face as I made a run for it.

I was a few metres away when I was suddenly being pulled by an unknown force, pushing me against the wall while the shrieks of the guys got muffled and disappeared as they continued running in the same direction. I was panting heavily, desperately gasping for air as if all the air around me had been sucked away for my lungs to grasp. I took me awhile to get my mind in the current situation since I was overly tired from the ruckus I had just gone through.

I swallowed once I got my breathing to the regular. Looking over my shoulders, someone was holding them, firmly yet lightly as well. It felt protective yet gentle when made contact with my skin. My eyes ever so slowly trailed from the hand that gripped my shoulders, to their arm that I realised was extremely veiny and buffed, to their broad shoulders which length was much longer than mine, making it feel as if I was being trapped with their body loomed over me.

I tilted my head up, Jeno’s face and body inches away from mine. Our eyes met, and it locked, firm and secured. Like a struck of lightning, his touch had sent an electric shock throughout my whole body, specifically at our point of contact till it stung and burn, but in a good way. Jeno’s breathing brushed across the skin on my face which only made me stand there in his grip, frozen as ice with my chest clenching tighter and tighter due to the sudden wave of emotions I was feeling.

“They’re gone.” Jeno whispered, his eyes peered to the side, checking if the coast was clear yet he never seemed to remove his grip off me, let alone doing anything about the close proximity between us. Silence circled in the air for a brief moment till Jeno pushed himself away from me lightly. “Heard from the members that they suddenly saw you running around like some mad woman. Apparently you called and I had to run all over the place to catch you at the right time.”

I eyed Jeno head to toe. He looked flawless. He seemed to have dressed up fancier today. A pink blazer that went perfectly well with his blue hair, white dress pants, and black shoes, and even a black beret to tie the look. I noticed how he had his botton up opened three bottons down again, it seemed to be a style of his, which intentional or not, drew me in real quick.

“I was running around so that I’d waste time and not have to attend class.” I said with such pride, wanting to toy around with Jeno for the fun for it. Jeno blinked his eyes twice, corner of his lip lifting up. It wasn’t a smirk, but a look of much disbelief and amused in one. Jeno took a step back, effortlessly running a hand through his fluffy hair.

“I wasted thirty minutes of my time chasing you around to save your ass and you’re telling me it’s for fun and games?” He narrowed his eyes down on me, fear washed over me like a huge wave as his stare from before was now filled with much anger and annoyance. In a split second, he had his grip on my wrist, suddenly dragging me into the Science department and to our lecture hall.

Jeno burst the door wide open, everyone’s heads turning to the door instantly as the sound of the slamming echoed across the silent hall. “It’s rare to see you late Jeno. It’s your first time actually.” Jeno still had his hand around my wrist, releasing his tight grip ever so slightly to let my blood run though again. He glanced down to his shirt, adjusting it with his free hand while for a split second he looked at our hands, but was quick to regain himself.

“We had a little trouble.” Jeno downshifted his head in greeting and took us up to the back of the hall, eyes glued to us as I felt it behind my back, suppressing the urge to turn around and go, “Stop being weirded out for God’s sake!” Jeno gripped my wrist tighter, as if he felt my irritation through his touch. We sat down next to each other, the professor continuing after far too long of a silence.

“You’re getting me gummy bears for what you did today.” Jeno whispered in a coarse tone, his throat sounding dry. I giggled and nodded my head, taking out my materials while he did the same. “Cute.” Jeno stopped his actions, turning his head slowly while I continued. “Why?”

“Just...” I wandered, thinking about how to come up with an excuse to something I accidentally let out. But who am I kidding? I’m not one to hide my feelings anyway. “I just think it’s cute that you have a huge love for gummies and jellies. Like a kid.” I shrugged and leaned back in my seat, wanting to focus on my professor but couldn’t shake the fact of how I could clearly see Jeno holding his stare on me in my peripheral decision for a long minute before adverting his eyes down the hall.

Jeno looked down at his phone, the confirmation of the transfer being made. It was a huge sum of money that could last him ages. To be honest, he felt that it wasn’t hard taking care of her at all. Her mother made it sound a hundred times worst. But she seemed fine and genuinely normal around Jeno, just the fact that she liked to joke around and slack. With Jeno’s light push, she could immediately spring back into action.

However, he couldn’t help but think that what he’s doing was wrong. Jeno was forming a relationship with her for the sole purpose of getting money. Worst part, she didn’t even knew about the deal he had with her mother. It was to be kept a secret. And Jeno didn’t like it, he felt the guilt building up inside him each time they met up, having to gather up courage to face her. To top it all off, the guilt only grew larger till it became a huge monster the moment he realised that he was falling for her.

For the end of our semester, we had to do a project. And unfortunately for me, or maybe not, it was a group project. After class ended, I was about to sprint up to Jeno, who was sitting at the very front today to be more attentive about the briefing for the project, every single girl in the hall went up and surrounded him as if they were swallowing him whole.

“Let me be your partner, Jeno!” “I’ll do the project well with you!” “I’m your best bet to scoring!”

I almost had a migraine constantly hearing their shrieks and screaming of the girls trying to get Jeno’s attention. Meanwhile, he forced a smile on his face, it was obvious that he was being suffocated and was desperate to teleport himself out of the hall. I couldn’t help but let out a subtle giggle, watching him suffer as I felt the energy of his blood boiling like hot air could burst from his ear any moment, but he was able to keep a neutral face the whole time. He knew how to manage his anger.

I watched the chaos, sighing to myself in a somewhat satisfactory manner. Jeno pushed through the crowd, trying his hardest to squeeze his way through. He turned around and lifted both his hands up in the air like he was being arrested. All the girls grew silent instantly at his action. “Sorry but I’m doing this myself.” Jeno declared out loud. He made eye contact with me, causing me to lean back and pointing a finger to myself to check if he was actually motioning at me. He jerked his head to the door, signaling me to exit.

Jeno walked out and the silence among the group of girls suddenly became inaudible murmurs and whispering their heads off. I clicked my tongue, floating like a balloon out of the lecture hall after.

“Everyone’s so desperate for you.” I said when I caught up to Jeno who was taking slow steps. “Ut was fun watching you suffer there. I could tell you were about to burst at any second.” I laughed out loud, putting my humour right up Jeno’s face. “Are you working with anyone for the project?” Jeno questioned me.

I kept a straight and boring expression. “Don’t feel like working with anyone.” I gaped my mouth open, a sudden idea popping up as my face slowly turned to a mischievous expression with the smile of the cheshire cat. “Do you perhaps want to-”

“I’m not working with you because I know you well enough to know that you’ll make me do majority of the work. Even if I did work with you, you know me well enough to know that I’ll force you to do your work. Actually that applies to both you wanting and not wanting to work with me-”

“You didn’t even let me finish my sentence!” I growled with exasperation. Jeno’s face softened and turned kind, a look I rarely see on him. “Oh then what is it?” I kept silent for a moment. “want to work with me for the project...?” I uttered, it was barely audible. Jeno breathed out a chuckle. “Nice try. I’ll be supervising to make sure you’re on task anyways. It’s a shame I have to deal with your ass almost everyday.” I puckered my lips in question, eyebrows furrowed till it knitted together. “Why do you have to take care of me? Like why was I any of your business in the first place?”

Jeno kept a straight face, sudden anxiousness triggered in him as she asked the question. He wished he could tell her everything, but he knew far too well the consequences if it, and jeopardizing whatever relationship they had would never be an option. “Because I’m the president? I have to take care of new students, you know.” I questioning face grew back to my bored one, puffing my cheeks and blowing the air out, flippantly. “Whatever.” I replied quickly as we went our separate ways after making a decision to meet someday at the student council’s office to start on our project.

Weeks past, and though I dreaded doing the project in the first place, I was shocked at how much I completed. However, with Jeno being extremely particular about my work so that I’d do well, I had to write up a proposal on my overall project for him. On a Saturday night. I didn’t know what came over me, but I had the feeling of wanting to get drunk. The work I did for the past weeks had led to me having constant mental breakdown, whining to myself just when could I get my break. And again, with Jeno having an invisible knife to my throat to make sure I did my work, break time seemed to never be in my to-do list.

I took a trip back home to steal a bottle of wine. Back at the dorm, I looked at the time. It was too early to get drunk, but I barely cared about that at all, opening the wine bottle and pouring it into the one wine glass I had. I didn’t use it to drink wine, but rather other sweet drinks and water for the sole purpose of wanting to feel fancy and have the timiest bit of class in this rundown dorm. I sat at my laptop, the white blank space staring at me while I stared back, slowly bringing the glass up to my lips to take a sip. I gulped it down, sighing in satisfaction. I began to write my proposal, thinking I’d be able to finish and send it to Jeno before I got drunk off the wine. How dumb was I to think my body could even do that?

It was late at night. Jeno in his dorm while trying to fix up and improve bits and pieces of his presentation for thr project. He had completed it long ago to be honest, he just needed to add a few things to turn it up a notch in terms of quality. Suddenly, on the bottom right corner of his screen popped up an email notification from her, the title being “A very well planned out proposal.” Jeno laughed for a moment, finger to his lip with his eyebrows raised. He felt the sarcasm through the words.

Grabbing a hold of his mouse, he brought the cursor over to the notification to open it, which led him to Google Docs where she typed out the proposal. Jeno sat up straight as a way to wake his mind up from the tired night he’s had up till now and began reading. He scanned his eyes over the paragraphs and taking barely seconds to expertly analyse them. It had been good so far, till it got to the last few paragraphs. Jeno noticed how some words had gone distorted, it seemed like she was typing gibberish, typing in a lazy and careless manner. Jeno could make out a few words, but the rest was far from recognisable. Then came the last paragraph, which shocked him the most.

HEsyu njEmo! i fELt dlike assduddely sddayubg thajis bjjfut weoek youyre veiry hot!! losike smkoingf baiiyy i likele yuori a hmklott!!! buit i knbow youre onkly beving kind to nr cauyse touyre onldjyy doiubg yourh jobbv as jhe phresibdrnt :$(((

Jeno squinted his eyes while looking at it. It can’t be what he thought it could be, right? Was he being delusional? Was he making up the meaning of the words to what he hoped to be? Jeno noticed his heart suddenly racing at a rapid pace, eyes reading it over and over again to come up with any other possible meaning behind it to deny his conclusion.

Though, after long thought, Jeno unconsciously had a smile on his face, his head tilting down to the table for a moment before looking up at the screen, his smile pursing his lips together tightly while shaking his head. “Cute.” Jeno whispered, letting out a long sigh before going back to the top of the proposal to add in his comments.

I went to our usual meetup spot. Luckily it was hours into the day, and I had time to recover from my hangover. I shocked myself this morning as I saw the bottle of wine fully empty, down to the last drop. How was I even capable of that? Whatever it was, I didn’t remember a single thing that happened last night. I assured myself that I didn’t do anything stupid since I woke up in bed, as per usual, just with a terrible headache with the room being the same as when I stepped in.

I swung open the door, lazily sliding my bag off my shoulder and to the table, pushing it aside while Jeno had his eyes on his laptop. “How’s my proposal?” Jeno shot his eyes up. “Did you not bother reading over once you were done?” Jeno questioned in a low, intimidating voice as if he could pounce on you at any second.

I sucked in my lips, a sound coming out when I placed my lips back to its normal position as I shook my head slowly with inability to show even the slightest confidence. I couldn’t be arrogant anymore around Jeno. He had a power over me that I never knew anyone could have. “Uh no?” Jeno hummed casually, leaning back into his seat nonchalantly, something about his light attitude making me scared as I began to think over what I had done wrong with my proposal.

“So you didn’t know what you did to it?” Jeno asked again, the interrogation feeling nestled in me as unknown fear piled up in me. I raised my shoulders questionably. “What’s wrong with it?!” I groaned out, tired of having him question me while I worried my ass off. “I added comments to it. Some things I added can help your presentation next week so make sure to go over it.” Jeno rose form his seat, gathering uo everything on the table and placing it in his bag. He casually slug it over one shoulder, walking away. Before he left however, he turned around and said, “Your last paragraph was cute by the way.”

Upon the door being closed, I instantly took out my laptop from my bag frantically, opening up the proposal that had Jeno’s notes on it. I scrolled all the way down till the last paragraph, wanting to faint as the sight of the red words below it and whatever nonsense I had typed out while I was drunk. “Please submit a more professional write up next time. Don’t be stupid to drink while you’re doing work.” I read over his words. I shrieked, the kind that was inaudible as I scrunched my hair up while balling fists into my hair. I shook my body around, embarrassment being the only feeling in my mind at that moment, as well as the rest of the night ahead.

It finally came to presentation day. And as expected, Jeno was chosen to come up first. He set up his slides, turning his head to it to make sure it was being shown clearly before looking back to his audience. His posture was upright and firm, confidence being dominated in him as he began presenting. Sure, I was listening to what he’s been talking about, but I was more so focused on Jeno himself. The way he expertly articulated his movements and words imbued with much passion. It’s as if he’s done it for years, like a high knowledged ornator. There was of course his beauty to admire in the midst of it all as well.

“_____. Why don’t you go?” The professor turned his upper body to me, the students still clapping loudly, and screams mostly coming from the girls while Jeno took his seat. I stood up, making my way down. The hall suddenly got pin drop silent. The whole time I presented, my eyes felt the urge to always glance to Jeno. Though I thought he’d have a serious look on his face, it was more of a soft and gentle one, a look that gave me reassure to push on. It warmed my heart and gave me a confidence boost almost instantly each time I looked to him.

“You did good.” Jeno admitted, a wide smile forming on his lips. I smiled back. “You did way better. I loved yours a lot.” I complimented, I was almost skipping due to how pumped up I felt after class. “Mm do you mean my presentation or me?” Jeno looked down on me and I looked back, eyes widened at his sudden comment. Jeno laughed it off, waving a lazy hand in my face. “Forget I said anything.”

Surprisingly, Jeno agreed to head out to a candy shop to congratulate ourselves for the hardwork we’ve done. And must I say, Jeno completely lit up. He was bright, bubbly, his subtle humor making me like him more and more. I couldn’t shake the face that we were hanging out like this, like we weren’t stuck in a box where Jeno was all stone and harsh on me. He radiated an energy that no one would have thoughg even existed. Turns out I just had to talk to him for it to show. And gummy bears.

Jeno and I were walkign down the same path on our way back. However, Jeno informed me that he had somewhere to be. I didn’t bother asking where, simply letting out a, “Wherever you’re going, don’t be out for too long!” Jeno flashed an eye smile and waved with an adorably low laugh, nodding his head. I walked away, but I noticed how Jeno was simply standing there, as if waiting for someone. He said he needed to go somewhere. Was he taking a cab or something?

I didn’t know why but curious came flooding my mind. I didn’t know how I suddenly got this intrigued by what he does off campus and whatever he’s doing outside of our friendship. As a person who liked him, it wasn’t wrong to be curious, right? Luckily, I wasn’t far off when I walked away so I turned a corner to hid myself there. Jeno waited there for at least fifteen minutes, my legs growing numb from having myself glued to the wall. Just when I wanted to walk away, a person came walking up to him, which he responded with a raise of his hand in greeting. Specifically it was a woman. My eyes almost fell out of their sockets the moment I realised who it was. What was my mother doing with Jeno?

I leaned in, my ear hoping to pick up every single word and my eyes looking at their every action. “A bonus. You’ve been doing well. You’re exceptional indeed.” My mother held out a large bag that looked extremely heavy. Jeno had one hand in his pocket, using his free hand to take it. He tilted his head down. “What’s with the physical cash? You always did online transfers.” Cash? Online transfers? What were they doing? Billions of questions flashed in my mind, I couldn’t be hearing this correctly. Were they dealing on something? Underground business I know nothing about?

“I’m suprised you’re able to hold her down for a time longer than I have seen her stay in one school. Whatever did you do to have her tamed?” Jeno chuckled, glancing down to the feet before meeting my mother’s eyes again. “Asserted dominance. Simple. Though I’ve always been like that, just needed to step up a little and showed her who’s boss.” Jeno folded his arm, shoulders relaxed and talking far too casually.

I couldn’t believe what I was hearing. Who else could they be talking about but me? Was Jeno being paid to be with me? Is that why he’s been giving me so much attention, so much care all this time. It was all for money... He did it for the money. “Also, I’ve confirmed a spot for you in the University. Just like you wanted.” My mother said. I saw how Jeno flashed a smile. My anger was boiling my blood to the highest of temperatures to even analyse and dig deeper into his actions. All I cared about was the fact that everything was a lie. From the moment I met him. It was all a show.

We were at the park, cold wind brushing against our exposed skin as the night gets itself comfortable, the stars beginning to shine and twinkle over the black canvas of the sky. I looked down from it, looking to Jeno who had his head cozily on my lap. I brushed my fingers through his hair gently, an action I’ve been doing for hours now.

Our relationship didn’t have a definite label on it. We didn’t know who we were. We let the waters flow, taking us to whichever direction it wanted. It just so happened that our feelings for each other sprouted naturally to the point where we didn’t have to say it out loud. Gradual actions of affection began and we simply liked that what we had was unsaid. It was easy, no trouble, no harm whatsoever.

“Jeno.” I whispered. Jeno fluttered his eyes open. He told me how he couldn’t help but fall asleep at my touch. “What would you do if I disappeared the next day?” I questioned, trying my hardest to make it less vague then it already was, though it failed, Jeno giving a look quizzically. “I’d be too sad to even function.” Jeno replied after a long pause of silence. And at the back of my mind, I couldn’t help but think Is what you’re saying even true? I kept questioning myself about his every action, every sign of love and care he showed. What happened that day months ago was still as clear as day in my memory, which only made me doubt Jeno’s feelings for me everyday.

“Would you really?” I asked again, this time looking at him right in his eyes, prying myself into his heart and soul through them to find that slither of truth glistening under. Jeno pouted, blinking his eyes like a lost puppy. “Of course. Why would you even ask that in the first place?” I mentally replied though I gave him silence as a response, “Because I’ll be leaving your fake ass soon.”

I rummaged through the cards in my parent’s room, finding desperately for a credit card I could use. After retrieving one, I went to my room, taking out a suitcase from under my bed and immediately started packing. I shoved everything I could think of bringing off the top of my head. If I didn’t have something, I could simply buy it at London. All I wanted was to get out of this country. Out of this life, out of Jeno’s life. I couldn’t stand bring treated like some object in a deal of responsibility.

I made my way to the airport in a cab. While I was on the road, I called the only person I knew who lived in London. “Taeyong, I’m moving to London. Free up your apartment because I’ll staying with you.” “Wait what? Hey-” I ended the call before he could even finish. I looked out the window. No regrets, no guilt was holding down my heart. It felt weird at first. But now I knew that the reason why I felt this way was because of the fact I had given Jeno all my love. Whether his was fake or not, I’ve given my whole share of the relationship.

Jeno was laying on his bed when the woman’s number suddenly popped up on his phone screen. Curious at the sudden call, he instantly picked it up. “What?” He asked in an unintentionally rude manner. “_____. She’s going to the airport. Our maid just informed us. I don’t know where she’s going, but please stop her.” She sounded frantic, anxious. Jeno instantly sprung up from his bed and rushed out his dorm, planning to steal Ten’s motorbike to rush his way to the airport.

Jeno got off the motorbike after speeding through so many cars and having the constant urge to go over the speed limit just so he could reach there faster. He didn’t knew where she was, but he was determined to find her. And most of all, hoped that she has yet to fly.

Jeno kept his eyes wide open, scanning through the large area constantly as he tried to find where she was. He ran a hand through his hair in frustration. It was all to sudden. Why did she decide to go abroad without letting him know? Of all people but him? He understood if she didn’t inform her parents, but Jeno was the only person she said she trusted the most. She couldn’t be leaving out of nowhere. It took him seconds to spot her in the busy area. He ran up to her, seeing how she had a large luggage on her side while she leaned against it casually and having her passport in her hand. “_____! Where are you going?!” Jeno shouted, gripping her wrist and turning her around.

I flinched at the sudden contact, hearing Jeno’s voice right behind me and he spun me around to face him. How did he even know I was here? Ah of course, my mother somehow knew though I wanted to make my leave as discreet as possible. I removed myself out of Jeno’s grasp, wincing at how tight he was holding my wrist. “You don’t need to know where.” I simply answered, but he shook his head furiously. “Tell me why!” Jeno pleaded. I saw the look in his eyes, the look of fear and pain while he got a hold of my wrist again. I let go. “Is my mother going to pay you more if you stopped me from leaving?”

I walked past him, seeing the time to board my flight blinking and signaling the people to get moving. I turned around after walking a far distance, flicking up my passport and tilting my head. I noticed how Jeno wanted to move, take a step towards me but had something in him that held him back, like he was unwillingly rooted to the ground. From a far distance I could tell Jeno’s pupils dilated at the sight of me taking steps back and growing smaller out of his view.

“Ciao.” I mouthed before turning away relentlessly There’s no turning back, was all i thought. With the money I had, I could go anywhere in the world as I pleased, anywhere that would get me away from this place and the person who broke my heart. I did say I didn’t feel anything, but as I went to board the plane, not bothering to turn back and take one last look at Jeno, the tears came out without a second thought. I tried my hardest to keep myself together. But right when we took flight, it came to my senses of what I was doing.

It took awhile to realise that she was gone, with Jeno being in a trance while she left. She was out of his sight, and he’ll never know for how long. After the day she went, Jeno was broken. So broken, that he couldn’t do anything. He holed himself in his room for days on end, not having a single energy to lift himself out of bed. He knew it from the start, this situation being inevitable. He didn’t think that she would mean this much to him the moment he accepted the deal. He kept telling himself that it wasn’t his fault, that he didn’t expect their relationship to grow and mean so much. But he couldn’t believe himself, denying it everytime he thought about it.

“For how long are you going to keep talking to me about this?”

Taeyong ran a frustrated hand through his hair, my eyes boring at him as he paced back and forth in front of me in the living room. I couldn’t help but wonder just how long he wanted to keep this up.

“Two years. Two damn years you’ve been staying here in London.” He turned a sharp ninty degrees to face me, his body leaning forward slightly. “Don’t get me wrong I like that you’re here but you have a whole life that you left behind. On an impromptu decision might I add.” I stared at him blankly, showing my careless attitude by sinking into the couch and folding my arms with placing one leg over the other. “I don’t care. I’m living well here so I don’t see why I have to go back.”

“You told me about Jeno. Do you not miss him at all?” That question got me to look down as it sunk into my mind, thoughts about it began to surface. Taeyong probably noticed the thoughtful look on my face, adding on with, “Think about it. He made that simple deal at first without knowing his relationship with you would expand so much more from when it first started. Did you not bother to think about what went through his mind when you left so unexpectedly? From what you told me, he certainly loves you. Not sure if he still does though, being real here.” Taeyong shrugged flippantly, not giving a care to shoot his words right at my heart and being real with me.

“But he didn’t stop the deal even when he developed feelings for me. What does that show?” Though I retorted back, I felt it. Taeyong’s words that I mulled over firing at me, even with the bulletproof vest that I had on for the two years, the bullets went right through them, shooting me dead as I bleed and thought about all the memories I had with Jeno. It only now occured to me that I truly did miss him, I was simply pretending I didn’t and tried living my best life here in London, wanting to push away the fact that I’ve never had a better life than back there with Jeno. “You have to go back someday, _____.” Taeyong sat down next to me, placing a firm hand on my shoulder. “And talk to Jeno.”

I couldn’t believe that I was back here. It felt weird, somewhat out of place. But I also belonged here. Everything washed over me and crashed like a huge wave. I had always wished that I didn’t need to come back, but my heart was slowly growing its need for it, its need for Jeno, though I had been strong for the first few months away.

I gulped my nervousness down my throat, standing in front of what I assumed to be Jeno’s apartment since my mother was so kind to inform me where he lived after giving me an earful of leaving for two years and never informing me where. Weird how they never forced me back. I knew they were capable of it with their connections here in London. I guess they never bothered to reach out and find me.

I rang the doorbell, my heart slowly increasing its pace as it thumbed against my ribcage, begging to burst out. I took in deep breaths, waiting patiently while I hoped for Jeno to be at the other side. After about close to a minute, the door creaked open, Jeno was standing in front of me. I forced myself to look him in the eyes as I inspected him. He didn’t change at all. Surprisingly, the hair colour was kept the same. The light blue that made me remember the first time he walked into class with it, capturing all the light and attention of the hall. He still had that figure of someone who worked out often, a nice physique. I didn’t take me long to notice that physically, nothing has changed.

“Um, I know this is unexpected. I’m sorry for leaving unexpectedly. I’m sorry for leaving without giving you any explanation whatsoever. I’m sorry-” I wanted to continue, wanting to let it all out right then and there till Jeno pulled me into a hug by the waist, bringing both hands up to wrap them tightly around my shoulder, his head digging into the crook of my neck as I felt him inhale against my skin, his breath brushing over it after. It took me awhile to process, gradually bringing my arms up to hug his torso, pulling ourselved closer and letting ourselves fall into each other’s embrace.

“Please, let me talk.” Jeno whispered to me. He kept a long silence after, allowing us to admire this moment. Perhaps he couldn’t believe that I was here, the fact that I left and came up unexpectedly, out of the blue. I felt the mixed emotions in his words. “I’m sorry for making that deal with your mother. I thought it was something I’d do for the sake of the money. I know you felt hurt at the fact that I did it behind your back. But I did it for you. I took care of you for your own good. I kept receiving the money, but it slowly grew meaningless when I began to like you.” Jeno rubbed his nose against my neck, though it felt ticklish, I kept my calm, wanting to focus on his words.

I pulled away, my hands still around his torso but allowing a gap between our bodies. I looked up to him, a frown forming on my face. The tears became to well up upon the sudden emotional roller coaster ride. My eyes trailed from his eyes, and gradually down to his lips after looking at every inch of his face, admiring them greatly as I began to remember why I fell for him in the first place. With or without the money, my feelings for him had never changed, no matter how buried deep into my heart they were.

“I never said this before... And I’m sorry for telling you now...” I reached up to meet his face, having to tiptoe my way up. Jeno giggled softly at my action, dipping his head down to save me from his struggle. I pouted, flicking my eyes from his one eye to the other. I then moved to his lips, smooth and glossy. It was obvious he wore chapstick.

“But I love you, Lee Jeno. I didn’t feel the need to say it back then, we were simply showing it with our affections. But I really do love you. It’s a bit too late to say it so I’m sorry. If you’ve ever lost feeling for me even the slightest bit. But I promise my love is still true and pure, no matter what you did.” I quietly whisper, my face so close to him that my lips were hovering over his, just barely touching and urging our lips to connect.

Just like that, our lips touched, a kiss was made. His lips fit perfectly to mine, like the world made it that way. Suddenly, everything came into focus. The invisible stars aligned. Everything felt so right, so perfect, with him holding me close. Jeno began to kiss me, as slow as ever and with much care and love. We closed our eyes, as if never wanting to leave this. I didn’t know how long we were standing there, lips never wanting to part. But sooner or later we did, me having to pull away first.

“My love for you never changed either. I waited, and I missed you too much to forget what we had.” Jeno breathed out, his chest going up and down against mine as he breathed heavily. I giggled, looking down in embarrassment as my cheeks to began to blush an obvious pink. “That was our first kiss.”

Jeno arched a brow quizzically. “Was it? It felt like we’ve been doing it forever.”

559 notes · View notes

zh-lele · 2 years ago

Text

We ridin' (currently under editing)

This is the sound you hear when you ride with your enemies

▪︎Summary: Two young people fall in love despite the rivalry of their racing teams. The smallest mistakes you make will leave the biggest regrets.

▪︎Pairing: Lee Haechan x female reader

▪︎Genres: Street racing au, romance, angst

▪︎Word count: 11.2k

▪︎Warnings: minor character death and mentions of death, profanity, substance consumption (alcohol and drugs), toxic relationships, suggestive scenes/implied sex, graphic descriptions of a car accident, blood, guns, violence.

Listen to the playlist here. | Haechan's moodboard. | Johnny's moodboard.

A/N: Hey everyone :) I said it'll be out before August 15 and it's here :) I hope you all enjoy it. It's not proofread, though, so apologies for any mistakes. Also I hope you remember this is fiction and I do not romanticize or condone any of the characters' behaviors or ways of being in a relationship. Please read warnings before proceeding. If you enjoy the fic, don't be scared to leave some feedback! It's highly appreciated 💙

0. Subtle mistakes felt like life or death

Unlike every other Sunday morning, the Suhs' garage is closed. Traces of last night's big storm are reflected on the wet pavement and the drops still falling from the trees, hitting the sidewalk. Inside the house, at the back of the garage, everything is dark and messy; the small boxes of chinese take out from last night, now cold, remain untouched on the small table in the living room. The sound of the last drops of rain and the voice of the reporter coming out of the old television cut the air, disturbing the silence between so much implicit chaos.

'And now getting straight to the breaking news, a well-known young man from the illegal street racing community, dead in a car crash that took place last night at 127 Road.'

"Haechan, stop."

"Babe, I'm fucking tired. I gotta show them who they're messing with. Gotta make them respect me!"

"No one wants to mess with you, for fuck's sake. Not right now. It's dangerous!"

'How many more lives should have to be taken for these kids to finally stop their dangerous activities? They're a menace not only to themselves, but to other innocent civilians as well. It's truly heartbreaking.'

"Haechan, slow the fuck down!"

1. Candy paint with windows all black

It was your birthday the night you met Haechan. Ever since you were little, you have been interested in your older brother Johnny's work. But since the street racing scene has always been a bit dangerous, he promised that he would protect you until you came of age, not letting you attend any of the nightly events to which your brother dedicates his life. That came much faster than you expected, however, and that same night you found yourself attending your first competition ever. While you weren't planning on racing a car, the idea was to support one of Johnny's best friends and the team's number one racer, Taeyong, who would be driving to win a car—the winner of the race would take the loser's.

Haechan lost a car that night, that ended up parked in your brother's garage. However, he won your attention and admiration with a few words and an irresistible image in just a couple minutes. Although he was shocked to find out your last name and to see that you chatted with him with such interest and innocence, it didn't take long for his expression of astonishment to change into a flirty, cynical smile. You wouldn't understand such behavior until later, when you talked to your brother once the event ended and after driving Haechan's car—now your brother's team's car—to your new home. You were finally moving in with them too.

"I saw you talking to Haechan earlier", Johnny pointed out.

"Oh, yeah. Did you know he's an engineer? He knows a lot, and he's really funny, too! I think you would like him. He even invited me to next Friday's race and told me I can go with him–

"I don't really want you around him," your brother interrupted you.

"Johnny, I'm an adult now. You literally accepted me here because you said I'm old enough."

"Yeah but like, I didn't take you there to fall for Haechan. He's bad news."

"You don't even know him."

"I do, and I know all his mates," he said, getting out of the car at the same time Taeyong was arriving with his own vehicle—the winner of that night. "They're trouble," Johnny continued. "He's gonna sweet-talk you into doing things you've never done before."

You scoffed, not believing Johnny still wanted to control you even after he himself introduced you to his world, knowing its risks, but more importantly knowing you were doing it to escape from the controlling and toxic environment of your parent's house, the same one he had been lucky enough to get out of years before you. That you were also an adult capable of making your own decisions and facing their consequences was an understatement. "He's not gonna sweet-talk me into anything. I know very well what I want."

He let out an exasperated sigh before talking again. "Arrested twice by the police for drunk driving. Once caught selling drugs. A car accident with his ex-girlfriend a few months ago. And the Lees' garage is just a big mafia in disguise. Weapons and all, my sister," Johnny concluded after entering your house.

"As if you guys don't do all of that shit too," you answered with your head down and a pout on your lips. "I know some things, you know."

"Just promise me you won't fall for him," he asked with a much less demanding tone and a tired expression on his face.

You shook your head no and that was enough for Johnny, who came over to hug you and kiss your head goodnight before heading off to his room.

"He's just worried about you," you heard Taeyong's voice coming from the kitchen where he munched some cereal soaked in milk from a Bob SquarePants bowl.

"I know," you sighed while sitting on the island across from him. With slumped shoulders and undisguised disappointment, you decided to accompany Taeyong and drown your sorrow a little in cereal.

"But that doesn't mean you can't have fun. You just don't have to fall for him."

And Haechan wasn't intimidated by anything or anyone. Growing up watching his family race cars and do dirty business, the boy would get in and out of trouble like he had a master's degree. After seeing you for the first time, he started going to your brother's shop every day, with the excuse that he desperately needed some parts for his latest design, since his personal supplier wasn't doing his job and the Suhs' garage was "the only one with the pieces in the whole city".

However, Haechan wasn't stupid. The boy knew that your brother and especially his Japanese friend did not like him at all, so he avoided visiting the store when they were there. But when your best friend Mark or Taeyong were around, Haechan knew he had a free pass. The fact that the latter two were desperate to sell parts and get as much money as possible to be able to upgrade Taeyong's car helped him perfectly in his plan of seeing you every day he could.

The young boy was really charming. He not only had the good looks but, as your brother had warned you, he also had the smooth talk. It was hard to ignore him and even more so when he was flirting and making you laugh all the time. After a week of hearing the same phrase 'I forgot to buy something yesterday', Mark and Taeyong started ignoring him every time he walked into the store, directly leaving it up to you. They knew he was only there for you, anyway.

"But if he bothers you guys so much, I don't get why you still let him come around and buy things from here?" As soon as Haechan leaves, you ask your friend Mark, who's sitting at the computer behind the shop's counter.

"But I tell you, love your enemies and pray for those who persecute you, that you may be children of your Father in heaven."

You patiently wait for Mark to finish reciting the words you too have memorized, after hearing him say them enough times since you two met years ago when he visited Johnny at your house.

"Matthew 5:44," he concludes, turning on his chair and looking at you through his glasses.

"You are such a loser, I can't believe I still consider you my friend," you sigh in response.

"Listen," he started, "I respect Johnny big time, but we really need the money."

You observe Mark's eyes get wider and wider as he opens up to you in a whisper, scared your brother could come back in any second.

"I love Johnny hyung," is all Taeyong adds, sitting at the other end of the counter, without taking his eyes off his Switch. Brief, but honest words.

"And how is this guy Haechan not broke yet?" You ask while checking some duplicates of the tickets that record all the purchases he has made in the week. More than thousands of dollars in just a few days sounding a little suspicious.

"Haechan's rich–"

"He sells drugs–"

Both of them are quick to answer. But either their telepathic abilities to agree have been wearing thin, or Taeyong is too focused on his game to notice that Mark has been trying to avoid the Haechan-talk for a good few minutes already. Mark's heavy sigh and Taeyong's shocked eyes, realizing he screwed up talking too much, are all the information you needed to find out what the truth is behind Haechan having so much money.

"I've always loved you for your honesty, Taeyong," you smile at him and tell him not to worry about it, but he still sends a pouty 'sorry' to your younger friend before getting back into his game. "Johnny actually told me about it, but I didn't believe it was that big of a deal?"

"Yeah, they've been selling for years now."

Mark now lets go an exasperated sigh, clearly annoyed at the subject of talk, but that doesn't stop you from taking advantage of Taeyong's moment of vulnerability. His little virtual animal farm, more important than anything else going on around him. "What do they sell?"

"Whatever shit you need."

Mark is already gone to the back the moment Taeyong answers, and you realize the latter truly has no idea of his annoyance at the moment he starts humming the theme song of Animal Crossing.

"We really are dumb, huh."

Taeyong looks up and waits for you to continue talking while his game loads.

"If we are so desperate for money, why don't we sell too?" You ask, and Taeyong's face lights up at the proposal, his eyes widening and his mouth dropping open in amazement like the thought would've never crossed his mind if it wasn't for you.

From the back of the store, however, you hear Mark's scream calling your name. "Don't put any stupid ideas into Taeyong's head!"

—

Outside the night smells like a mixture of burning tires, weed and car perfume. Friday nights are known to be reserved for making quick money, and weeks of hard work boil down to just a couple of minutes of adrenaline rush. Tonight, Taeyong will be racing Johnny's blue BMW 340 against a 2018 Audi s6. The Audi is a heavy car, so Taeyong could take that lead to win tonight if it wasn't for Johnny's car having a turbine failing. In any case, he will be subjecting it to all possible pressure so as not to lose power. Hopefully, your team's star racer will make it to the finish line without damaging the car even more.

Taeyong is one of the nicest people you've ever met. But to others, there isn't an in-between–people either love him, or don't like him at all. You guess it's because he portrays a serious image and almost doesn't smile in public. Yet, when you really know him, you find out he's a softie.

"I love you, Taeyong," you tell him as he squeezes you in his arms, and he moves out to hug the rest of the members before getting into the car.

Simply because anything could happen at any time, you swore you'd never want to regret not telling your friends how much you love them before any of them got in a car. That's how close you got to be over the years, and how much you mean to each other.

"If I die tonight you take my Switch!" Taeyong closes the door after pointing in your direction and you smile in response.

He revs the engine causing a strange blue fire to come out of the exhaust pipe; probably another change Yuta has been working on to impress the girls out there, and to impress Johnny. Beside him, a pink car envelops the crowd in a cloud of thick, suffocating smoke, from which a boy with honey-colored skin emerges. Something about 'stop burning my tires' can be heard through all the noise from the crowd. Him and the boy in the cotton candy car exchange a quick handshake and, as soon as the flagger gives the signal, both cars take off in pursuit of the night's grand cash prize, and the renown and recognition on the streets that comes with the victory.

There's your team and the Lee's racing against each other yet another week. And there's Haechan across the street, with a cigarette between his lips checking you up and down, while you pretend to ignore him, trying to focus on the trajectory of your friend driving the blue car. When your brother's too distracted talking to your friends, though, you take your own time to set your eyes on Haechan and dig into his appearance.

High waisted white jeans matched with a graphic t-shirt of the same color and a thick leather jacket hug his figure. His clavicles are shown very slightly, and his neck is adorned with some metallic chains and pearls, making his smooth skin under the moonlight look more inviting than usual. He's got his hair disheveled and darker than normal. You decide that it's when Haechan has long hair that you find him the most attractive. And you do your best not to stare, but he makes the task too difficult—especially when he deeply looks at you and smiles like he's trying to get you hypnotized.

It was too easy for Haechan to have you eating out of the palm of his hand. Him, a face too angelic to be, supposedly, such a dangerous person. Bad at being bad. You, on the other hand, a soul too pure to fool around with a demon like him. Too good at being good. That contradiction, however, is what must make it so appealing to you.

You blink one time and he's all you see shining under the moonlight. He finishes his cigarette and throws it to the ground, stepping with the toes of his leather boots to turn it off. You close and open your eyes once more, look up searching for his face, but he's already gone at the same time the pink car comes back and stops right in front of you, letting out the high-pitched screech of the brakes. That's when you realize the scene had turned quiet as your gaze met Haechan, then violent when you lost him.

Taeyong makes its comeback two seconds after, which makes your team lose about a thousand and five hundred dollars tonight. That's not the biggest loss, however, since you often win more from the side bets on the cars than from the actual races. From the winner's car comes out a tall, pink-haired boy whose name they shout celebrating–Lee Jeno. Victory doughnuts and music blasting from all the speakers follow right after the end of the race, but none of your friends is in the mood to join the celebration tonight and the usual after hang out. They're quick to get into their respective cars and turn them on, ready to leave. Johnny's pulling on your arm motioning you to go, before you tell him you will be joining him in a second.

Where did Haechan go? You know he doesn't go to your brother's garage on the weekend because he's the one opening it early in the morning, so you need to see him one last time before Monday arrives—but you won't know, anyway, if he's gonna be back until you actually see him cross the shop's doors next week. The bass is heavy against your ears, disorienting your senses a little. The dim street lights fade as you walk away from the crowd but, still, he finds you. His hands surprise you landing for the first time on your waist, trying to stabilize you after colliding with his figure. He's even more stunning up close, shining even where the street lights have completely faded out. It feels like time has stopped, lost in his brown eyes, and you're struggling not to give up right there in his arms. Just a small smile from his lips brings you back to the street, to hear the horns and the heavy bass and to feel the chill of the nocturnal wind on your skin. But how does he do that to you?

In some substances such as iron, cobalt, and nickel, most of the electrons spin in the same direction. This makes the atoms in these substances strongly magnetic. You learned these three types of metal in particular are around the Lee's garage very often through the long talks you have shared in the mornings. Even more in Haechan's hands, as he is one of the car designers and is always experimenting to take their motors to the next level. Nonetheless, that doesn't explain the reason why you have to become so magnetized by Lee Haechan everytime he is around. Maybe it's because the opposing forces of the universe attract. Or maybe, because there is something sacred in loving the enemy and a sinful satisfaction in trying the forbidden, coexisting at the same time.

"I wanted to talk to you," your voice comes out in a whisper, the air finding it hard to come out from your lungs.

"Yeah?" He asks, pressing his forehead to yours, eyes shamelessly lingering on your lips making your knees weaken.

You can only nod so far as his hands start barely caressing your sides, more gentle than the summer breeze. "Need to do some business with you."

Your hands travel from his arms to his neck, feeling the skin, and there you squeeze until you entangle your fingers in his long dark hair. A gasp comes out of him when you subtly pull, followed by a chuckle and a shrug until he finds his voice, "Sounds good to me."

Your eyes move rapidly across his face as if you were sleeping and it was a dream, trying to imprint his features perfectly in your memory before you wake up. And your lips are millimeters apart from each other, but you don't kiss since you know you won't be able to stop once he starts, and the both of you need to be back before someone comes and finds you like this. A delicate goodbye kiss on the back of your hand is all you get before Haechan disappears again, leaving you gasping for breath and with butterflies in your stomach.

The car ride back home with your brother is quiet. You try to think it's because he is upset they lost the race, and not because maybe he saw you acting too close with the enemy. Your mind wanders to those eyes pulling you like magnets and you still feel his touch on your skin; too hypersensitive, like he had put some type of drug in your system. All the members go to sleep as soon as they step into the house, and you only hear Johnny speak when he's greeting you goodnight.

But the night still feels too young, and you are far from ready to fall asleep. It doesn't take long after you get into bed, however, until a message from an account you don't follow shows up in your notification bar. It's hard to decipher who this is about at first, the username not helping the case, yet you don't hesitate to reply once you realize.

haechanahceah: hey, r we ridin???

haechanahceah: want me to pick u up?

you: yeah

you: i'll wait for u outside

—

The morning sun is big coming up from behind the horizon, and warming your skin with its intensity at six in the morning.

'All he's gonna do is gas you.'

The night was spent in between car slides, laughs, mundane talks and soft kisses pressed up against the finest leather seats. How did you end up in the backseat? All business talk was long forgotten as soon as you got to taste Haechan's sweet lips for the first time.

"My brother would kill us if he found us like this."

You feel his chest vibrate with his laugh against the side of your head, and his voice reaches your ears as if he's speaking right from his heart.

"That would be such a romantic story. It's like we are the modern Romeo and Juliette."

"Are you like this with every girl? You gonna scare them off." You joke, moving your head to make eye contact with him. A smile takes over your face when you notice he was already looking at you with the same loving eyes.

'He's crazy, my sister. He's like obsessed with danger.'

"I'm a die hard, too passionate." He acknowledges as you lay bare on his chest, his arms keeping you secured as if you could get to dissipate at any point. "I don't scare you, though."

And even after all the warnings from Johnny and disapproving looks from Mark, Haechan is right. He doesn't scare you. On the contrary, every minute you spend with him only makes you wish that you could have the rest of your days together. Maybe watch him wake up to the sun rays peeking from your bedroom window hitting his soft skin, and watch him fall asleep with his head on your lap and your fingers through his hair while trying to finish a rom-com in the living room. To have the sun all to yourself all the time.

His tired eyes still shine like stars even though it's already morning, and he still keeps some of your red lipstick on his lips. A sad cello plays through the stereo of his yellow car. Soon the clock will be hitting seven and you must have returned to the store to avoid suspicions. Still, you allow yourself to close your eyes and fall into him, to bask in his warm presence for a few more seconds before descending back into the real world. For one last moment, it will be just his soft breaths, that sad cello, a growing, forbidden love.

And a whisper in your ear:

"Fucking love you."

2. Bad luck to talk on these rides

The wind caresses Haechan's hair in slow motion while the sky is painted purple and reflected in a gray, neutralizing the yellow color of his car. The road remains empty and quiet and his right hand, when not on the gear stick, has already made its home on your leg since many dates ago. It's strange to think that one day you could get used to the familiarity and domesticity of his presence. To think, for example, that you would no longer have to secretly see each other all the time, or that you could drive around town with the windows rolled down. Perhaps, have dinner together in the living room of your house. However, having to forget about his caresses, his fingers intertwined with yours, his sun-colored eyes, sounds even stranger. At this moment, driving carelessly down to town, it feels like there isn't really a different future in your plans; living a normal young life with Haechan isn't an option, but letting go of each other isn't either.

When he drops you off blocks away from your house, you don't really need to say it. It's implicit everywhere. In the looks, in the smiles, in the ways he takes care of you, in the gentle touch of your fingertips on his skin before you untangle your hands and he lets go of you—momentarily, as he promises he would always come back to you.

You both know you do. And it's hard to forget when the sweet taste of him is still lingering on your lips. A smile plastered on your face like a silly teenager in love.

It's late into the night by the time you make it home and find Johnny in the living room, sitting in the dark all alone, with nothing but the TV lights shining on his face. Behind his back, the table holds the remains of dinner, a bunch of empty beer cans and the end of a couple of joints. In front of him, a VHS tape is being displayed.

Mark is the one recording—you could recognize it by his voice, even when it still was way more high pitched than now. A smile comes across your face as soon as you see Taeyong's round cheeks appearing on screen, and how he tries to hide his drunken state when Mark starts with his interrogation. 'This? This is just some apple juice.' 'That's beer, Taeyong.' Another boy comes into the screen. One you don't know, but Taeyong seems to do, as you can watch how quickly he gets lost in his features, with a lazy smile adorning him. And the other boy, with pretty cat eyes and a snub nose, can only radiate adoration while his eyes are on Taeyong.

You don't know him, but you know that look all too well. Enamored eyes. The same eyes with which you look at the boy from the other side of town, the one with the yellow car that steals your hours of sleep and your heart everyday.

The laughter coming from the young boys echoes in the room. You hear your brother laugh too, but he's not the same as the one sitting in front of the TV right now. He's lost, immersed in the memories while nostalgia floods the whole place.

You watch how your brother is about to jump off the pier when a boy runs up beside him and tries to push him away. They struggle playfully, and the little boy's laughter is so powerful that he stops that violent flood for a moment. The air in the room no longer feels so heavy as his laugh echoes off the walls. Mark turns the camera to the boy's face and you see that bright and characteristic slightly-sided, heart shaped smile. The nostalgia has dissipated for a second.

'Haechan, fuck off.'

'But hyung, you threw me before!'

Then realization hits, feeling as if the water reaches the ceiling of the room, and the pressure is impossible to withstand.

"You were all friends before?"

Johnny snaps his head back to you when he hears your voice and quickly pauses the video, yet he remains quiet, busying himself at a too obvious attempt of avoiding the subject while cleaning the table.

"How come I never knew of them before?" You insist.

"By the time you moved here, we weren't friends anymore. It's been years now since that." His answer is short and reflects a strange tiredness, the kind that bothers you right in the middle of your chest, that stirs up buried feelings and puts you in a bad mood.

But you also need to know.

"What happened to you?"

"They started to handle shit the wrong way."

"That explains nothing."

At that moment Johnny abruptly drops everything he was gathering, looking you in the eye for the first time since you arrived. You know better than to push your brother when he's moody and stoned, but you can't deny that it makes you feel sick on your stomach to know that they've been trying so hard to separate you from a person with whom, apparently, at some point they were close. Good friends, actually. In your head, it doesn't make sense, and it's just another selfish and overprotective act of your brother.

"And you don't care. I know you're seeing him anyway," his tone is too cold in contrast with the summer heat coming from outside, and the old fan does nothing to ease the added heavy atmosphere that has been created in the room. "Why does this matter to you?"

You're stuck in your place, fists clenched and mouth dry. There's an expression of disgust on his face while he looks at you, despite the lack of emotions of the words coming out of him.

"You don't care if I don't like them or if I want to protect you," he continues. "You're running after Haechan, sneaking out at night and coming late smelling like alcohol and cigarettes, acting like I'm too stupid to notice. I'm afraid soon he will be putting you in real danger."

"He wouldn't do that to me," you deny with your head, eyes filled with angry tears reflecting a very upset Johnny in front of you.

He only lets out a scoff before grabbing the last of a joint and putting it between his lips to light it up. The fact that he's doing this right in front of you while talking like that about Haechan just makes you angrier.

"You're so fucking silly," and maybe at this point, Johnny is as angry as you are that he doesn't think if he's being brutally honest or mean.

"I just–" you try taking the words out before the tears start to fall. "I wanted to make money for Taeyong. He told me Haechan is part of a good business–"

"Oh my God," he interrupts you, his tone drenched in disgust, "stop talking, you're just making it worse."

But the tears already started falling. "You don't even care about what I feel?"

Johnny exhales the smoke from his lungs and grabs the remote to turn off the television, leaving you in the dark with the intention of ending the argument for once.

"You know what," he stands at his room's door frame, door handle in hand ready to leave the room, "I'm sorry, I'm just worried about you. You wanna keep fucking around with him, then do. There really isn't much I can do."

The last sentence almost reaches your ears. The silence of the room suddenly interrupted by an overwhelming buzzing and the sound of your sobs. A door opens next to the one your brother just locked himself in. A slim, sleepy figure stands there, but with his arms extended your way and his shoulder ready for you to cry on for the rest of the night until you fall asleep. You know Taeyong is true to your brother and their friendship, yet tonight you are the most grateful to him for being the only one helping you overcome your sorrows.

3. This is the sound you hear when you ride with your enemies

Haechan's closed garage does its best to cancel out any sounds other than his kisses. His heart-shaped lips leave soft traces of affection on your cheeks and your jaw, caressing your neck before planting them again against yours. You know his friends are waiting for him outside, they wouldn't start the main event without him. You also know that, somewhere across the street, your brother is waiting for you too, but instead of asking where you've disappeared to for another night he could be connecting the dots by now. And there is also one last and most important thing you know, and that is that you shouldn't be here, sitting on the hood of your forced-to-be rival's car, with the same one standing between your legs and stealing the air out of your lungs. Still, you've been ignoring for three months now the fact that you shouldn't be seeing Haechan, and it feels too late to go back.

"Like you," he whispers to you, barely getting away from your lips. "Like you so much."

His hands are gently caressing your thighs. Yours keep tracing the soft skin of his face, his nape, until your fingers tangle through his hair and you pull him away. His smile is bright and warm as the sun. His eyes resemble nothing but pure adoration; if yours shine, it's only because the moon reflects the sunlight. He has become a source of thrill and love in your life. The nickname suits him too well.

You can't fall for Haechan. Your brother's words back in the days resonates in your head, arousing an uncomfortable feeling in your stomach. I know he will try to get to us through you. Don't fall for any of the shit he could say.

"Why do you do this, though?" You ask the boy in front of you, while fixing his disheveled hair before he will have to go out.

He stares at you with a frown, the tilting of his head to the side indicating he didn't understand the question.

"Racing, I mean. Like, you don't need the money or the fame or anything that comes with this, you know."

Maybe, if Haechan didn't race anymore, there would be no such stupid rivalry between your family and Haechan and his team. Maybe that way you could be together publicly; you wouldn't have to wait for days and days to see him and, when you finally get the chance, always be at risk of being caught by your brother or his friends.

"'Cuz it's in my blood, baby," he answers with a subtle smirk. "Racing is what I am, this is what I'm supposed to do."

His tight grip on both your hands and his deep loving eyes staring into yours, you think are supposed to give you comfort. Yet, unfortunately, they're far from that.

"Hey," he's whispering against your lips once again. When he presses his forehead on yours and closes his eyes, you rush to protect his face in your hands and try to memorize each of the beauty marks that adorn it. "I know what you're thinking about. Don't look so sad."

The volume of his words is almost inaudible; the multiple voices and the music playing outside the garage suddenly disturbing your senses a little too much, and reminding you that you are not as alone as it feels like.

"I care for you. You know that I'd die for you."

"That's a little too much, don't you think?" You laugh it off this time. You know now how Haechan can get a little too passionate.

"No, I mean it. Like, if Johnny crossed that door right now, found me here wrapped in your arms and decided to beat the shit out of me, I'd still die as a happy man, you know, 'cause I got to be with you."

The mention of your brother only draws a resigned sigh from you, and Haechan stops supplying kisses to your cheeks as quickly as he notices your change in mood. "What's wrong?"

When you see him like this, with his rosy lips plumped by all the kissing, the disheveled hair and wearing his heart on his sleeve being so real with you, you try to think of a single thing why you should just listen to your brother and walk out that door, leaving Haechan behind. But you really can't find any. His eyes are heavily charged with worry before you as his hands move to cup your cheeks, leaving loving touches on your skin and giving you the time to talk.

"It's just that I fought with Johnny. I would actually like it to be the other way around," you look into his lovely eyes and can't help but slightly smile. "You beating the shit out of him for once."

Haechan laughs, rapidly agreeing to your idea and letting you know 'he will take care of it.' A roll of your eyes and a quick peck is all he gets, before you are shoving him from you at the sound of his name being called from outside. The backdoor of the Lee's garage is quickly opened to let enter the boy with the baby pink hair. His eyes are wide and quick traveling from your figure on the hood of Haechan's yellow car, to his hands now back on your legs, to the unbothered expression of the honeyed-skin boy still in front of you. The boy at the door is the first to break the silence.

"Donghyuck, the race is about to start. Come out."

"Will be out in a minute, Jeno."

"They've been waiting for you for a while now–"

Haechan barely acknowledges his words when he's already asking you if you want to ride with him tonight. "It's gonna put you in a good mood again. You're gonna love it, trust me." And there's no escape from his pleading, because Jeno is already gone and Haechan only repeats please, please, please, between kisses on your lips.

"Fine."

He smiles satisfied at your response and disconnects your lips to let you get off the hood. His hand gently grips your hip before motioning you to climb into the passenger seat. "That's my girl."

Once you're in the street, you can finally assign faces to all the loud voices you heard from inside the Lees' garage. There are too many people gathered this Saturday night, even though it's a fun-only race that you know no one is winning anything from. You can't see into the other cars because of their tinted windows, but the bright green paint of the Chevrolet lined up to your right tells you that Haechan will be racing your team tonight. It's a surprise, though, since you thought they wouldn't be risking their pride after last time's defeat of Taeyong. Yuta walks over to the green car to talk to the driver and the window rolls down revealing Mark behind the wheel, which only makes you more nervous. It's one thing to watch them run and quite another to literally run against them, something you've never done before. Not even Johnny has accelerated enough to exceed the speed limits when he's with you. Beyond Mark is a purple car that you don't recognize, but it lines up ready to race too.

On your left, Haechan awaits for the pretty girl with the flag to take position. His hands grip the steering wheel firmly and securely unlike yours, from which you must dry the cold sweat of your nerves on your jeans. His eyes seem lost on the horizon, but you know they are expecting the signal to start the race. Your eyes travel uneasily through his body to his tense jaw, finally setting on his lips. A smile adorns them the moment the girl raises her arms–it's about to start–. But you can't focus on Haechan anymore when your body's inertia pulls you back at the sudden change in speed. Haechan hits the gas quickly, taking the lead down a narrow one-lane street, but Mark is hot on his heels. As soon as the road opens up again, the green Chevrolet passes Haechan's car with its nose and you start to hear him whining and cursing.

Haechan liked control. He made sure to always know his surroundings, where he was racing and against who; to be aware of the potential, the abilities and the weaknesses of the competitor–that was his first rule. His second rule was looking at every single mirror at least every four to five seconds. He said you have to be able to visualize the whole world through your mirrors, and know what's happening behind you to understand what's gonna happen in front of you. He didn't like losing and he truly hated not being the number one. So when the purple car passes him and he tells you that it's fine, that it's just Yangyang's car–one of his mates–, but he still punches the steering wheel with anger, you are pretty sure it's not fine at all.

"I can still win this," you hear him talk to himself. The speedometer continues to increase after passing 100 kilometers per hour. 110, 120, 130... Haechan passes both cars and you swallow the lump in your throat trying to calm your nerves. He approaches the closed turn they'll all have to take to get back to the starting point, and you notice that he's not going to slow down in the slightest. Still, you can't afford to close your eyes and run away from the moment. You can't afford to be afraid of Haechan either. Even when everything seems to be going wrong, he has things under control and he would never put you at risk, would he?

"The problem about Haechan is that he thinks he's smarter than everyone else. So, like, I'm riding with him."

The image of Mark being lazy in your bed this morning comes to your mind. With a smoke between his lips is how you finally found out more about their old, ended friendship. "I'm on the passenger seat, man's driving, car's full of bitches and the car in front of us is like, clearly slowing down."

He stopped for a moment to let out a cloud of smoke from his lungs, trying to cope with the frustration those memories still caused him. "He won't even flinch," Mark told you, eyes widening and wearing a pout on his lips like every time he's at the verge, fighting with his thoughts, struggling to process emotions.

"The girls are screaming at him. I am telling him to slow the fuck down 'cause we're gonna crash! And I know he has it under control, we still got a couple meters to make it and he's gonna wait 'til the last second to press the break. But can't he fucking answer me?! It's like he ignores that he has other people in the car, you know what I'm saying?" He finished pretty much out of breath, the frustration making him collect a bunch of tears in his eyes, but he didn't let them fall.

"It was always like that with him. It makes me fucking mad how he's an asshole, yet he never really fucks up enough to like, settle down. Man's just out there being a body. That's all. Doesn't care about shit."

Haechan's right hand lifts the parking brake while his left hand turns and holds the steering wheel firmly to take the corner. The sound of the tires skidding across the pavement mixing with the beats coming out of the car's speakers deafens your ears, and you're sure it'll be hard for the other two drivers to get out of the corner clean after all the smoke Haechan has put up with his little show. The maneuver lasts a couple of seconds that feel eternal. When he releases the parking brake and manages to stabilize his yellow car by taking the lead, a smile returns to take over his face.

He gets first place despite having started the race poorly. There is no shortage of shouts and cheers for him when he gets out of the car. Mark's car is the second to arrive and, after a few seconds, arrives the purple car from which a smiling Yangyang gets out and hugs Haechan. After that, everything happens rather quickly. The boy you've been sneaking out with suddenly opens your door and tugs from your arm to get you out. Cheers get replaced with surprised gasps and smiles with gape mouths. And everybody's looking at you, but no one's doing it the way Johnny and Haechan are doing it. While one look is filled with strong indifference that hurts your chest, the other is soft and loving so you seek refuge in it. By the time you're done making out with Haechan in front of everyone and the screams have calmed down, your brother is nowhere to be seen; just a few of his friends remain on the streets with Mark.

Haechan wears a satisfied smirk looking at you before he gets closer to say only for your ears: "We gotta celebrate properly."

One last kiss on your cheek and he distances himself enough to shout, but with his grip still firm on your waist.

"After party is at ours!"

—

"Have you ever smoked before?"

You shake your head no in response.

"Alright, you better do it for the first time with someone you trust," Haechan continues without looking in your eyes, too focused on his hands almost done rolling the joint. "You trust me, right?"

You did not imagine that this would be how you appeared publicly for the first time at the Lee house. It had always been secretly, getting in late into the night when his friends weren't around, and leaving too early in the morning to not get caught. So as soon as you arrived and Haechan dragged you to the door at the end of the hall to get you both locked inside, it felt off. This was the moment you've been waiting for a while now: finally being able to be with the guy you like without having to hide. However, when you finally make it public, the first thing Haechan does is hide you.

His train of thought is hard to follow, even more to understand his actions most of the time.

He looks different tonight. While there is nothing wrong with his looks and his handsome features get accentuated in the yellow bathroom light, there is something odd about his mood. He looks agitated; he talks a lot and doesn't wait for anyone's answers. You might be worried if it wasn't for the fact that when he finishes wetting the silk paper with his tongue and sticking it down, securing the joint, he gives you one of those smiles you love. No teeth showing, only his lips pressed together in a line, slightly curved upwards at the corners, his cute dimples on display and his eyes transforming into two adorable half moons. You want to see adoration behind that smile, you want to see sincerity. You want him to tell you that everything is fine, and that you should just throw the intrusive thoughts out the window.

You just wanted a normal party night feeling like teenagers in love, only to end up locked in the bathroom with him and a bunch of drugs in his hands instead of your heart.

Yet you still like him too much to say no to him.

"Yeah," you find your voice after a moment. "I trust you, Haechan."

That only makes his little smile grow bigger, and he lights the joint.

Things get funnier. The lights get more annoying but you pay no mind to it. Alcohol tastes better than other times you've drank, so you keep drinking. And when you are with Haechan's friends the filled cups just keep going around the circle and you drink a little bit more. You believe you even see Taeyong at the party, pressed up against a corner talking too closely to the guy who Haechan presented to you as Ten—the same one you saw with Taeyong in Johnny's video—, one of the older guys of their group.

The music gets easier to dance to. Haechan's body has hardly been this close to you before in a place that's not his room or the backseat of his car. You don't even remember when you lit up the second joint, only realizing about it once you're exhaling the smoke into the air. When the living room filled with people gets too hot for Haechan to stand it, he leads you to the bathroom again.

"How would you react," he starts after locking the door, "if you saw me snorting something up my nose?"

The question leaves you speechless. Of course the idea is not pleasant. It's no fun not being in the same state as him, you already know that from other times he has come to get you super high after hanging out with friends. It's no fun being afraid that something bad might happen to the person you care about because you let them. It's no fun that you can't understand why Haechan seems to enjoy it so much. And it's no fun that you fear he might just take advantage of his influence over you—which you recognize he can have sometimes, but you don't get to decide yet if it's a good one, or a more on the bad side one.

His eyes sparkle with excitement asking you. He licks his lips over and over again waiting for your response, until his gaze drops to your lips to steal a long kiss from you.

"So? What you say?" He asks out of breath.

Your head feels dizzy when the oxygen reaches your blood once again, and you have quite a hard time focusing on his words after the kiss, his touch and his eyes always too distracting.

"It's fine. I'm just worried something might happen to you–"

"But it won't," Haechan is quick to interrupt you. "It won't, it won't. Not when I'm with you."

He pecks your lips yet another time but you decide to deepen it, pulling on his hair to bring him closer to you. It's heated and you hope it will make him forget about this other matter you don't get to like. You truly believe it has worked when you feel him struggling with his pants' front pocket, so you back off to see him smirking at you, wallet in hand and too excited for his next move.

Haechan opens his wallet and takes out a small bag with cocaine in it. He dumps some on the surface around the sink and next to where you're sitting, and brings his head closer; you only hear the sound of the thing going up his nose, his hair blocking your view. A few seconds go by while you just watch after Haechan straightens up his back and tries to fight his state, keeping his balance by holding on to the sink until his knuckles turn white. Then, he suddenly seems to recover and is once again smiling and leaving kisses on your mouth at a pace you find hard to follow. He gathers the leftover powder he couldn't inhale onto his index finger and points in your direction, offering it to you. When you shake your head no, motionless with your back to the mirror, he then brings his finger to his mouth to put the leftovers between the lips and the teeth.

"I'll wait for you in the room," Haechan whispers before gathering his things and heading off of the bathroom, leaving you alone.

You think that what just happened shouldn't have affected you so much. Shouldn't have made you worry about your safety. Shouldn't have made you question the kind of people you've been hanging with. It shouldn't have made you think of a hundred different scenarios where Haechan, you, or both come to a bad end, yet it did. But most importantly, you know you shouldn't focus on that right now that you've smoked, or you'll end up tripping in the wrong direction when, in fact, you only came here to have a good time with Haechan.

You get off the sink and out the bathroom after a while of thinking alone. Outside, the party is still going off strong. The night seems young even though you're sure more than a couple of hours have passed, and in another couple the sun will be coming out again.

"Yo," Mark enters your vision as soon as you start to head to the room where Haechan said he would be waiting for you. Your friend is locking your way and he's got this weird look; his eyes glassy and red, and you can't tell right now if it's because he's been drinking or he's been crying. "How are you? Where you going?"

"Uhhh… Haechan's room."

"I think… you gotta stop seeing Haechan."

You frown upon hearing his statement. "Give me one good reason to stop seeing him and I'll consider it. I'm serious."

"I– I'm–" Mark starts to stutter. "We're just worried about you, dude, that's it."

Deciding you won't waste any more energy on the matter after hearing that same speech over and over again, you opt to just walk past him and to Haechan's room. It's harder than you imagined, though, to dodge Mark and all the people around him to get to the door. The space seems to have been distorted a bit; the distances are longer and the amount of time that has passed between leaving the bathroom and trying to get to the bedroom is questionable. You hope Haechan doesn't think you don't want to be with him anymore.

You are about to turn the doorknob when a hand you know very well positions itself on top of yours to stop you.

"Are you two like, dating?"

"No," you tell the truth. "It's nothing serious," and that's a lie.

"So you don't love him or anything like that," Mark states.

You take his hand off yours and turn the doorknob, ready to enter the room and leave Mark behind.

"No. No, I don't."

—

The music fills your ears as you hear different people talking behind the door, in the hallway. It's hard trying to understand what they're saying, but you hear them loud and clear. Your brother Johnny asks for you and you hear Mark tell him you're not around. "That's Jeno's room, dude. Why would she be there?"

Yet you are, and Mark knows it's not Jeno's room but Haechan's, but for some reason he's decided to cover you tonight.

Time passes. You feel Haechan's touch on you, the contact leaving your skin ignited, and you're sure his fingertips could get printed on your waist. When his lips are on you, you only realize how warm he really is, burning hot making you want to rip all of your clothes off. Time stops when he's not kissing you anymore, so you have to check that all that happened just a moment ago wasn't a dream. But it's easier to get lost in his shiny, red eyes as you look for an implied answer, something that could indicate what is happening is real. A different song starts playing the moment he reconnects your lips for another kiss. Time is ticking once again and it's only him, him and him.

Why does it feel so unreal everytime you are connected? What is it about the universe that doesn't want you close together?

Haechan says he doesn't mind waiting for weeks, not if he's seeing you at the end of it. He doesn't mind the backseat of his car instead the comfort of a house, the remote locations, the late-night, last-minute calls that make him drop all his plans, not if he's getting to be with you for at least a couple hours. You still know both of you would want it to be different, a little bit easier.

When you finally connect like polar opposites, when you get together, skin to skin, there's no magnetic field more powerful than the one created by the two of you. Haechan's presence becomes massive like a black hole; it engulfs you. Time stops, you disintegrate in his arms, and you can't understand what kind of laws rule there no matter how hard you try. There is passion, and there is obsession. Donghyuck feels you deep, too deep—in his heart and in every trace of his skin you reach.

"You look for my madness, you have me crazy, baby."

You believe it's the euphoria and the pleasure that make him whisper these kinds of confessions in your ear.

And you're reaching a peak, a kind of high where you block out every noise except the ones produced by Haechan's movements and his incessant praise. His strength disarms and reassembles you over and over again. His passion is so powerful it makes it hard to breathe.

"If one day I die, you will be the one to bury me. You're too much for me."

Suddenly everything is quiet. He's still breathing heavily over you, but he doesn't move anymore. Time, however, is running again, and you make one last effort trying to convince yourself that the warmth blooming in your chest is proof that everything that took place just now, was actually real.

"I love you," you are the one to whisper in his ear this time, tightening your grip afraid you might fall apart if you let go of him. "I'll always love you."

4. Is it wickedness? Is it weakness? You decide

The windshield wipers move from left to right tirelessly to get rid of the raindrops that hit the car without stopping. Outside it's so rainy that Haechan's favorite floral shirt got all soaked up against his skin, just by moving from his front door to the inside of his car parked on the street a couple meters away from his house. Lightning pierce the air and hits your ears like bullets. You don't recap in which moment of the night it started raining. The only thing you know it's that the situation makes you pretty scared; it's dangerous to drive at night under such conditions, but it's even more dangerous to race on a rainy night. The storm and the countless drops of water, however, hadn't been enough to scare Haechan or wash the euphoria that gets over him every time he comes across an empty road and a contender.

'I don't even like driving anymore if I'm not racing' is what he said and worried you a while ago.

"What does he want?" Haechan asks in a low voice when he notices a car lining up to his right at high speed.

It takes you a moment to process the situation, still coming down from your high, yet you recognize your friend's green Chevrolet that Haechan was racing against earlier that night and your stomach hurts.

The night did not exactly end on good terms. After a while locked up in Haechan's room without hearing Mark or your brother's voices near it, you decided it was the right time to get out and re-join the party.

A fight between a pretty much drunk Taeyong and another guy they called Doyoung–that you learned was Haechan's older friend–was the last thing you wanted to presence. When things got pretty heated up, Mark only grabbed Taeyong and took him outside while the other struggled under the speech of 'I wasn't gonna punch him! I swear!' But Mark was, in reality, as drunk as Taeyong to barely handle the situation.

Tired of them behaving like silly kids who can't solve their problems and be in the same room without wanting to hit each other, you told Haechan to take you home. It was just convenient since Jeno and her girlfriend also wanted to leave and head to her house, but neither of them were in conditions to drive. Haechan was the designated driver for the night, but because he would never let anyone else drive his car.

"That's Mark's car," you speak. "They just probably heading home."

"I think he wants to race."

You can see Haechan speeding up and Mark also doing it to keep up. That reaction throws you off a little bit, since you know that even if your friend is drunk, he's the most prudent person behind the wheel. You know very well that Mark would never agree to a race on a wet road and with alcohol in his system.

"No, I know Mark, he doesn't want to race."

"I know Mark too, you know?" Haechan is quick to respond. "You know we used to be best friends–"

"Yes, I know. But we don't wanna race right now–"

"But this bitch's speedin' up!"

And he's indeed speeding up, what looks like he's trying to surpass Haechan's yellow car. So you unbuckle your seatbelt and roll down the passenger window to stick your head out, knowing you wouldn't be seen through the tinted windows. You yell, shake your hands no, scream there's no chance you'll both race right now but Mark seems to ignore you. The raindrops roll down your face, get into your eyes and mix with the falling tears of fear and desperation.

"Haechan, stop," you demand once you get your head back inside the car.

"Babe," he sighs without looking at you, eyes heavy on the road. "I'm fucking tired. I gotta show them who they're messing with. Gotta make them respect me!"

"No one wants to mess with you, for fuck's sake. Not right now. It's dangerous!"

The sound of lightning striking just a few meters in front of the car mixes with a startled scream from Jeno's girlfriend in the back. Everything turns chaotic real quick.

"Haechan, slow the fuck down!"

But what was probably the dumbest decision of the night hadn't happened until this very moment. Haechan slows down abruptly, but the car's tires don't offer enough friction for the wet road to keep him in his lane.

One meter slip to the right and you're colliding with Mark's car. Haechan keeps his foot on the brake and the car continues to skid to a stop a distance later.

The radio and the raindrops do a mediocre job of setting the scene to music. To your left, Haechan rests his head on the seat's headrest; a cut on his eyebrow that bleeds all the way to his cheek. Nobody makes a sound, but he's the first to break the ice with a laugh that sounds maniac in your ears.

All you can do is scream at him.

"What the fuck were you thinking?!"

The car ends up stopped in the middle of two lanes near the end of route 127. You were really so close to getting to your house, and this is when you remember about your friends in the other car.

Just a couple of yards behind, Mark's car is smashed against the Jersey barriers dividing the road. The green paint on the front has completely chipped and the impact has left it completely dented, shattered it to pieces. You struggle opening your door with shaky hands and a startled breath and you get out of your seat; heartbeat resonating in your ears and making your head dizzy.

Mark comes out of the passenger door running to you, but you can't hear what he's saying. He tries stopping you, yet you shove him off to walk straight to the driver's side and open the door.

There are five stages a person goes through in grief. Denial is the first one.

"Why isn't he coming out?"

You fight Mark who is still trying to get you away from the wrecked car.

"Why isn't he coming out?!"

Taeyong remains motionless, with his head painfully attached to the steering wheel, and his arms fall lifelessly to his sides. The rain coming through the open door drains all the red and drives it down the road.

"I– I called Johnny– an ambulance is coming."

Anger.

"You let him drive," you push Mark slapping his shoulders, suddenly taking your anger out on him. "Why did you let him?!" You scream at him but he doesn't defend himself or try to stop you, immersed in a state of shock without being able to take his eyes off the figure of your dead friend.

A cry of anguish escapes your chest as you stare back at the wrecked car. You clench your fists and pull your hair trying to fight all the rage that accumulates in your body, but the pain is too much to bear. It only makes it worse feeling like you're the only one in the scene who actually cares about your friend when Mark won't drop a single tear and the others won't even get out of Haechan's car.

A couple minutes feel like forever in the rain when you are waiting, until you can make out the colored lights and sirens in the distance. At the same time and on the other side of the road, Johnny gets out of his car and quickly jumps over the concrete fence to join the scene.

Negotiation.

"Get out of the fucking car." Johnny opens Haechan's door and violently takes him out until he's lying on the ground. Your brother's left hand grips the collar of his shirt tightly and his right fist makes contact with his jaw. From the sound of the hit, you're sure one of them has broken a bone.

"Johnny, stop."

Your brother reaches behind his back and holds out a gun to Haechan's head, who remains struggling from the beat up with his back against the wet pavement. Fear runs down your spine and suddenly you're too aware of the coldness the storm has brought tonight, leaving goosebumps all over your skin and making your body shake.

"You wanted a real reason for me to hate him?" He asks looking at you in the eye, still pointing at Haechan. "You fucking got it."

That only makes you cry even more.

"Leave before I end you," Johnny warns the younger boy. "I don't want to see you ever again."

Haechan stands up ready to get back in his car, but doesn't until he meets your gaze. Something in his eyes tells you he's still waiting for you to get back in the passenger seat and leave with him. He forever will be difficult to understand.

Sadness.

"Why did you do this?" You ask with a broken voice.

"I'm sorry, baby," Haechan says as your soaked up figure reflects in his eyes that fill with tears. But his lips form a thin line slightly raised at both ends–a wicked smile–. In your head, it doesn't make sense. "This is what I am."

5. 'Til it's time we die

You had read many years ago that on cloudy days one should be able to see their soul. Like the ghosts that keep you up at night and the song lyrics that remind you of all your mistakes, filling you with regret.

Acceptance is the fifth stage one must go through when dealing with grief. Even months after losing Taeyong, after dividing his dreams between you and your friends so you could continue living them for him, you still find it hard to accept that he is no longer with you. They said he was part of all of you now, so you longed to see him like your shadow when the Sun is out.

"Is that his t-shirt?"

You nod and turn to rest your eyes on the naked boy on the bed. The little light of the sunset that sneaks through the clouds enters through the motel window and illuminates his tanned skin making you want to stay there forever, tangled between his arms, his legs and the white sheets.

"It still smells like him."

"Do you really forgive me?" Haechan asks in a whisper and relaxes when he sees you nod 'yes' once more. "And when will you forgive yourself?"

Your brother still blames it all on Haechan. You were mad at Mark for a while for letting Taeyong drive that night, and then you recognized all of you were wrong for getting on the road when none were in the right condition. Mark, anyway, you believe is having the worst time dealing with it because he decided to leave the house shortly after the accident happened, so he's all alone for all you know.

You finish dressing up before getting to Haechan and planting a last kiss on his lips, ready to leave. Taeyong had a forbidden love too. You only found out about it talking to Haechan about him and Ten weeks after he was gone.

"You know I love you, right?"

You smile after hearing him and get up from the creaky bed. Whether it was about wickedness or weakness, it didn't matter anymore. You liked to believe you were living up to Taeyong's dream.

"I'll always love you."

Taglist: @tyongf-sunflower99 @rrnhyuck @sundamariis

#haechan fanfic #haechan #nct haechan #haechan x reader #haechan oneshot #nct fanfic #lee donghyuck x reader #nct-writers #ficscafe #neoturtles #k-radio!#zh-lele

261 notes · View notes

artaefact · 4 years ago

Text

unexpected visitor.

➳ 951 words | fluff, angst-ish, boyfriend au, college au | lee jeno x f reader | pg-15 | swearings

The rapid knocks against your front door startle you from your word document. Furrowing your brows, you check the clock to see it’s nearly midnight before exiting your bedroom, wondering, who could it be?

Tentatively, you peek through the peephole, only to gape at the sight in front of you. Unlocking the door, Jeno stands there with a bouquet of your favourite flowers. But what shocks you, even more is the fact that he’s out of his room on a weekday. He never leaves his place unless it’s the weekends since your boyfriend has to maintain his top grades to stay in the hockey team.

“J-Jeno? What…?”

He extends the bouquet to you, fidgeting as he waits for you to take it from his hand. Gradually, you notice his face flushing, which you assume from the cold. So, you open the door wider to let him in.

Closing the door, you turn to him, “Hey, what’s happening?” After setting down his backpack, he looks completely lost in your apartment despite his frequent visits on the weekends. “Weren’t you busy doing some project or something?”

“I-I can’t stop thinking about the way we left things back in the library the other day…” he blurts out.

Ah…

“We could talk it out tomorrow,” you tease, trying to lighten the mood as you take the bouquet from his hands. “Tomorrow’s Friday, the last day of the week. And thanks for this.” You raise the flowers slightly in your hold.

Jeno stills as you walk to find an empty vase.

“I’m sorry…” he mutters, but loud enough for you to hear.

You hum. “You don’t have anything to apologise for. I was too clingy—” Jeno draws a sharp breath at that while your heart pangs at the word Jeno used to describe you. Well, he didn’t outright use that word, but it feels like he implied it. “—and you needed space, I understand that. You really don’t have to go all the way here. I’ll still be around tomorrow.”

“Shit, no, you’re not at all clingy, Y/N. I just said how we seem to never part from each other,” he recalls before adding quickly. “But that does not necessarily mean it’s a bad thing.”

“Uh-huh…” You face him after putting the flowers on the vase, hands crossing over your chest as uncertainty looms on your expression. “That’s not what your friends told me, though…” Confusion appears on Jeno’s face now. You continue, “—the day before we went to the library, they told me you weren’t able to focus during hockey practice because I kept on distracting you whenever I’m around. A-and when you said that in the library, I assumed you needed some space… So, I told you I had something to do.”

“Did you?”

“Well, yeah. I have an assignment to finish if I want to go to your celebratory party on Saturday. You invited me, remember?”

Jeno places a hand on his forehead instantly. “I completely forget about that.”

“Glad to remind you of it.” You chuckle before the room lapsed into silence. “Anyways, is that all?”

Jeno sighs. “You’re still avoiding the subject.”

“Am not.”

“Are too.”

You grow annoyed at this. “Look, you said you needed to get things done too, right? Don’t you have that report you had to do? We can talk about this tomorrow—”

“I missed you.”

Silence.

“I’ve been missing you—” Jeno repeats in a quieter voice. “Like... A lot.”

“It’s just two days, Jeno...”

“Two days too long,” he mutters, gazing at your wooden floor momentarily before releasing a breath. “Look, I know I’m not the best with words or talking about my feelings, but please believe me when I say you’re not making me uncomfortable,” he pleads, eyes begging. “In fact, I love it when you’re around me, even if I got distracted. If I needed the space, I would have told you, Y/N. We promised to be honest with each other, right?”

You nod slowly, and he sighs in relief.

Jeno steps closer to where you’re standing hesitantly as if testing the waters whether or not you’d step away from him. But you remain rooted to the spot, and he strides to you, closing the distance. Once he gathers you in his arms, he breathes in your scent.

“So... Are we good?” His voice comes out uncertain, mumbling into your hair.

“You’re hugging me, aren’t you?” You counter, arms wrapping around his lean frame.

He chuckles, “You’re not making this easier.”

You snort. “Since when do I make it easy for men?”

“Right.” He laughs fondly, burying his face onto the crook of your neck. “I must be an exceptional man to be able to charm you. And in all honesty, I think my lame jokes did it. That’s why Haechan didn’t stand a chance.”

You groan into his chest. “Hell no.”

“Says the one who laughs at my lame jokes.”

“I think it’s time for you to leave. I’m busy, and it’s late.” You attempt to pull away from him, but his strong arms keep you close to him.

“I don’t mind.” He grins. “I brought cuddles and kisses too, you know. I’m sure you’re missing them after two days.”

“You want to stay over…?” You stare at him. “On a weekday? But you don’t—”

“I brought my laptop along. So, we can work on our assignments together.” He cuts you off, giving you the most puppy-like expression as if saying ‘pretty, please?’ with only his eyes.

“If you’re okay with it, then…” You trail off as he nods eagerly at your words.

“Of course.” He kisses your forehead. “As long as you’re with me.”

271 notes · View notes

nctyhoney · 4 years ago

Text

a helping hand (m)

Pairing: mark lee x fem!reader

Genre: smut, fluff, office worker!mark, friends to lovers, office!au

Word Count: 7.6k

Warnings: oral sex (male receiving), car sex, dry humping, praise kink

Playlist: pickled ginger - mac ayres, fill my holes - YESEO, wait for it - H.E.R.

Summary: You were used to workplace flirting. Everyone at some point would have a 'work bae'. Mark was different though, he was your intern. There were things you wanted to teach him, things he wanted to teach you and none of it had anything to do with work.

A/N: Mark in a suit is just too damn cute. This is my first fic on here so thank you for reading! There will be another part to this at some point.

—————————————————————————

It’s just gone 8 am and you're on your morning commute to work. You have a car but the traffic in Seoul made it almost impossible to drive during rush hour. Your eyes still feel puffy from sleep, and you hope your mascara has masked their appearance somewhat. As you and a mass of other office workers spill out of the subway station, you're greeted by an autumnal wind. Although it felt mild for the time of year, you couldn't get used to the early morning darkness that the promise of winter brought.

In just 2 years, you'd progressed to head of the marketing team at Hyphen, Korea's biggest publishing house. You were proud to have landed a job at such a reputable company straight out of university, but with each pay rise came more responsibilities.

The elevator reached your floor, 39. Going through to the kitchen area, you put two iced Americano cans in the refrigerator. You weren't a fan of coffee but it got you through the day. As you were organising the refrigerator, you felt someone behind you and turned around quickly - it was your manager. He had a weird way of creeping up on his workers and you found him somewhat seedy. You always made sure to be polite to him, though.

"Morning manager Kim," you stand up, adjusting your pencil skirt slightly.

"Morning y/n! Here bright and early I see. Did you get my email last night?" He asks, his eyes flicking between your body and your face.

"Sorry, what email?" You ask, feeling slightly panicked.

"This year's interns start today. I sent it last night so you probably didn't get a chance to read it."

Crap. Interns. You didn't know if it was your imposter syndrome talking but something about being observed by interns made you feel underqualified. Perhaps you just got a bad batch of interns the first time around. You remembered Kyungsoo and Minhee from last year. Kyungsoo's uncle was CEO of Hyphen and he wouldn't let you forget it. He refused to work and you'd find him and Minhee coming back from their lunch breaks an hour late, often out of the unused stock cupboard.

"No sorry I didn't read it," you apologise, "when are they coming?"

"The receptionist said there are four downstairs waiting. They'll be up in a minute," manager Kim says checking his watch.

You nod, "How many will I be working with this year?"

"You'll each have one intern this year. You'll be working with Mark Lee, he's Canadian. A good kid. I think you'll like him."

Just then, the sound of the elevator reaching the 39th floor alerted you. Four of the interns shuffled out of the elevator.

"Welcome to Hyphen, I'm manager Kim, you might remember me from your interview," he said looking between his sheet with their faces and names and up at them.

"So we have Mark, Haechan, Jeno and Sooji. I hope you enjoy this year working in marketing. This is y/n, she's head of this department."

You exchange handshakes and bobs of the head, feeling relieved that these interns at least look shy rather than cocky rich kids.

"Mark you'll be giving y/n a helping hand this year. Y/n, I know you'll make him feel welcome. The rest of you, let's find the workers you'll be shadowing," manager Kim says before they're off out of the kitchen to one of the conference rooms.

Mark is staring at you from a distance, awkward and tense. His black hair falls into his eyes despite styling it neatly for work; he brushes it out of his eye nervously.

"Tea?" you ask him, grabbing your two favourite mugs out of the cupboard.

"Oh, yeah, please - if that's not too much trouble," Mark says hesitantly.

"Of course it's not. You can sit down, we don't start work for another 20 minutes."

He does as he's told, opting for one of the chairs closest to the kitchen worktop.

"Do you take sugar?" You call over to him.

"Two," he replies, fiddling slightly with his wristwatch. This boy is endearing you think, definitely an upgrade from arrogant Kyungsoo.

"How are you feeling about interning here?" You ask, stirring his tea, before coming to sit at the chair next to his.

He takes the mug, "Oh, thank you. I'm kinda nervous I'm not gonna lie, but thankful to be here."

You laugh, his casual tone is refreshing but he catches on and apologizes quickly.

"There's no need to apologize, you can be informal with me. I don't want you to feel uncomfortable," you say, catching his eye over the rim of your mug. He's blushing slightly, and you wonder why you are too.

♡

It's been 3 months since the interns came. December comes and with it is an endless rain.

In those 3 months, it didn't take long for you and Mark to grow close. Sure, he still had his occasional shy tendencies but you spent all your working hours together. Rather than a forced relationship between a senior and their junior, this was something you both saw as natural.

You're just not sure if the feelings you've developed are natural, too. His eyes hold onto yours for longer at company dinners, his hands linger at your waist when he reaches to get a file from the shelf in front of you. And it sets something off in you. You crave the contact. Mark Lee is driving you crazy.

You certainly weren't imagining these moments. You were used to workplace flirting. Everyone at some point would have a 'work bae'. Mark was different though, he was your intern. There were things you wanted to teach him, things he wanted to teach you and none of it had anything to do with work.

When you first started at Hyphen, Johnny used to be heavy on the flirting with you, and being from America, he was confident with it. He’d make you cups of hot, sweet tea each morning. He gave you those flirtatious touches on your arms while complimenting you, and he’d always make sure you got home safe after a company dinner. But he also had a long-term girlfriend and you knew nothing could come of it. Johnny still flirts with you, but that’s just him. And when you first began working at the company, you fell for it...almost. It happened a second time, with Jaehyun but then you learnt that these were just the ways of the office.

Today was a Friday, which meant your division would have drinks with the manager. You weren't keen on drinking, especially not with your manager but your coworkers made it bearable. And since the CEO was attending this week, the manager wouldn't be bothering you, Yerin and Mina for the entire night.

You lean over Mark, reading through the document on his laptop. He's edited the press release you wrote for a new book launch.

He shifts around in his seat. You can't tell if he's nervous about you reading his work or nervous about being sat underneath you. You hope it’s the latter option, though.

"As expected from our Markie. You're really helping me by editing these documents, it's great - thanks," you smile, moving away slightly.

He's blushing a violent shade of pink and touching the back of his neck. He couldn't get any cuter.

"It's not fair that y/n gets such a helpful intern. Sooji left early when she promised to help with my reports, that's the second time this week," Mina huffs, folding her arms.

"It's compensation for the hell I went through with the interns last year," you laugh.

Johnny walks up to you and nudges you playfully.

"Nah it's not compensation. Y/n is just so hard-working, that's why they gave you the most hard-working intern," he says winking.

Mark looks between you and Johnny, an eyebrow raised.

"Yeah, thanks for that Johnny but that's definitely not true. Not the part about Mark not being hard-working...or me, I mean, I am hard-working, just not the most," you stutter, suddenly feeling foolish.

Luckily it hits 5 pm before anyone can dwell on your tongue-tied speech. You're all tidying away, turning off your monitors and getting ready for a night of drinking.

You catch eyes with Yerin and go to the bathroom to touch up your makeup.

You're reapplying a dab of lipstick and Yerin brushes her face lightly with powder. She stops for a moment, glancing at you.

"You don't still like Johnny do you?" Yerin asks.

"Johnny?! No way, I'm not going back there," you laugh.

"You seem nervous around him," Yerin points out.

"Come on Yerin, that was awkward. It's weird when someone hypes you up like that. It's bad enough being marketing lead now, it's like I'm expected to be some bigshot when I still feel like a uni student," you admit.

"Yeah, I understand, but you're totally capable. Could it be that you’re feeling shy around a handsome, new worker, I wonder?" Yerin winks.

"What do you mean?"

"Well, I've noticed that you've been spending a lot of time with Mark recently. I'm left to take lunch with Doyoung. I mean I'm not complaining but you know, Mark does look kinda smitten."

You look over at your friend and catch her looking back at you, expectantly.

"We have to look after our interns, Yerin. And it's not every day that you get such a hard-working one like Mark. Remember the hell I went through with Kyungsoo? Let's just say I'm relieved I've got a good worker."

"Right...so you don't think he's even a little bit cute?"

Hell yes, you did. But you couldn't admit that, could you?

"He's cute but like, in a little bro way. He's too goofy for me to see him romantically," you bluff but you know Yerin can see right through you.

"He's an intern, what's the harm? As long as Kim doesn't find out," Yerin says.

"Yerin! You're talking nonsense."

"I've seen the way you look at him. And the way he looks at you," she laughs.

"The way he looks at me?" You blurt out, "The way I look at him? We're just good coworkers."

"Girl, you're such a bad liar."

♡

Yerin's words stay in your head for the entire night. Suddenly you're thinking about what Mark's lips would feel like against yours. Wondering what it would feel like for him to touch you, more than the light touches in the office. You've thought about it before, of course. But mostly while touching yourself in bed.

Mark is sat at the low table opposite you, Yerin and Mina at either side of you. Mark is laughing, taking a shot of soju as Johnny pats him on the back. He clearly can't handle his alcohol because he's giggling like a school kid and his face is already flushed. He looks stupidly cute and you realize how much you want to hold him, feel his flushed cheeks underneath your palms. But you peel your eyes away, tuning in to a conversation Yuta and Mina are having about Christmas holidays in Japan.

Manager Kim announces that him and the CEO will be moving to drink somewhere else, stumbling from the long table and telling you to enjoy your night. You all know where that 'somewhere else' is, but you don't bother questioning it. Corporate culture can be parasitic.

Even so, you're relieved that they've left, the atmosphere less stuffy now. Things feel playful and flirtatious. Jaemin is whispering in Jeno's ear and Jeno is laughing. Yerin's hand is dangerously placed on Doyoung's thigh.

You can't snatch glances at Mark anymore because he's looking right at you, his eyes filled with something you haven't seen before..lust? Maybe your tipsiness is altering the situation but you like it.

“Shall we play truth or dare?” Lucas grins, clapping his hands.

“Let’s just do truths, we’re in public,” Jaehyun points out.

“I second that! But this stays between us, company oath,” Mina says, taking an empty soju bottle and spinning it on the table.

The bottle lands on Jungwoo first and Jaehyun and Mark nudge him on either side, laughing.

“Jungwoo! Who would you date out of everyone here?” Mina asks.

Jungwoo’s eyes are playful and he throws his head back laughing.

“You want me to be completely honest? I’d probably say Lucas,” he says without hesitating.

Everyone is laughing and teasing the pair, except for Mina who nudges Lucas in the ribs to stop him from smirking.

“Moving on, where is the riskiest place you’ve ever had sex?” Jaehyun asks, spinning the bottle as it lands on Mark.

Mark rubs at his nose, looking at you momentarily. You pretend to focus on your soju shot but you’re listening carefully.

“I mean…a car I guess?” Mark chuckles, he’s bright red now and you feel jealousy rising inside of you.

Why were you jealous? He wasn’t even your boyfriend.

Johnny is ruffling his hair but Mark looks up at you, looking slightly shifty. Maybe you understand how Mina feels now. You can’t look at him.

“Okay, moving on,” Mark says taking the bottle, “Do you like anyone here?”

It lands on Jaemin and he reclines back in his seat. He raises an eyebrow, “Sure, they like me too.”

Everyone laughs at that and Jeno just shakes his head cutely, everyone knowing they’re practically an item at this point.

“Who would you make out with right now if we were doing dares?” Jaemin asks.

The bottle lands on Johnny. It’s Mark’s turn to pat Johnny on the back now and Johnny just smiles to himself.

“Aren’t you gonna answer, Johnny?” Yuta laughs.

“I’d make out with y/n” Johnny shrugs.

There are collective gasps, and you can feel everyone’s eyes on you. That wasn’t what he was supposed to answer, surely? He had a girlfriend; he could’ve passed on the answer. You look up at Johnny and as if reading your thoughts, he shrugs.

“I had to answer,” he says, putting his hands up defensively.

You laugh then, typical Johnny.

There’s a playful glint in Mark’s eye. Was he that unaffected? You suddenly felt annoyed, foolish for feeling jealous about Mark’s confession.

“If you could have a threesome with two people here, who would they be?” Johnny asks.

It lands on Yerin then, who is already flushed with embarrassment at the question.

“Doyoung, and hmm..” she pauses looking around, “Probably y/n, because we’ve seen each other naked.”

“What?!” Mark, Lucas and Jaehyun say simultaneously. Mark just about chokes on his soju.

“Calm down Mark, looks like someone’s getting a bit turned on,” Yuta winks but Mark’s eyes are still wide, shocked by Yerin’s statement.

Yerin was your best friend, all best friends had seen each other naked. It was perfectly normal. At least it was for you two.

“It’s a girl thing,” Yerin says simply, taking another shot.

“Oh! I have a good one,” Yuta says grabbing the bottle, “Have you masturbated thinking about anyone around this table?”

Of course it lands on you. To be honest, you had touched yourself thinking about 3 separate people at the table but no one needed to know that. Everyone’s silent and you don’t know where to look. You could lie, it would save your reputation but where would the fun be in that? You were all as tipsy as each other. So you reply with a small “yes” instead.

“Who was it?” Jaehyun asks.

“I’m not gonna answer that,” you laugh.

You try not to blush but you can’t help it and cover your face with your hands momentarily.

“She’s thinking about them again!” Yerin nudges your shoulder.

You didn’t want to look, you didn’t want to see if Mark was staring at you so you take the bottle to ask the next question quickly.

“How many people have you slept with in total?” you ask, spinning again.

It lands on Doyoung, his eyes are wide and he looks confused, you can’t help but laugh at his cute expression.

Yerin is smirking, expectant.

“Hmm...maybe fifteen?” Doyoung says, tilting his head.

“Fifteen! No way,” Johnny laughs but Doyoung just nods.

“You said you wanted the truth.”

Yerin looks slightly pissed as she pours another shot of soju. It’s only when Doyoung whispers in her ear that her frown softens into a slight smile. She’s got it bad, you thought.

“Let’s stop the game now, I don’t want to hear all these details,” Mina says, side-eyeing Lucas.

“Yeah I didn’t even get picked,” Haechan huffs, “Let’s just drink a bit more!”

"Hey," Yerin murmurs in your ear over the noise a few moments later, "I'm going home with Doyoung, I'll see you on Monday."

"You naughty girl! Have fun," you laugh. She blows you a flirtatious kiss as she leaves, her arm in Doyoung's.

It's gone midnight when you and your remaining coworkers spill out onto the street.

"To the next bar, let's go!" Haechan shouts, stumbling as Johnny props him up.

"Dude, you've had way too much to drink. I'm getting you in a taxi," Johnny says.

Sooji and Jaehyun also opt for getting taxis, following Johnny down the street.

"Are you coming y/n? Mark?" Jaehyun calls.

"I think I'm going to get some food first, I'll see you guys on Monday," you say before you realize. You're not even hungry.

"Yeah me too, see you later!" Mark waves.

You say your goodbyes, leaving you and Mark to walk the opposite way. Mark follows your step, but he's taking his tie off, undoing his top button because he's hot from drinking even though it's the middle of December. The sight of him makes your stomach flip.

"You don't think they'll suspect anything, about you coming home with me?" you ask suddenly.

Mark raises an eyebrow and looks at you, "Who said I'm coming home with you? I thought you wanted food."

"Yeah...yeah, just they might think something else."

Mark shrugs, "Do you care what they think?"

"No, and I guess everyone's fucking each other anyway," you say emphatically.

"Exactly. Everyone in the office knows we're friends, let them think what they want," Mark says.

"I guess you're right."

"So where are we going?"

"McDonald's?" you ask.

"I don't really feel like food, to be honest," Mark chuckles.

You turn to Mark, "You're seriously just gonna watch me eat?"

He shrugs, "Why not?"

His eyes are glazed over and shiny from the alcohol, his lips formed into a little pout. It takes everything in you not to kiss him right there and then on the street.

"You're so weird when you're drunk," you say instead, "Seriously, where do you want to go? If you're not going to eat, we might as well go home. I mean...you go to yours and I go to mine."

Mark pulls at his ear, thinking for a moment. But it doesn't really look like he's thinking, more like pretending to think. You can see the trace of a smirk hiding on his lips. This whole conversation feels weirdly contrived. You want him and you're pretty sure he feels the same way.

"I could come with you? Just, you know, to make sure you get home safe," Mark blurts out.

You can't take it anymore. You want Mark Lee so bad it hurts. "Right, okay...well, shall we go now?"

Mark nods and you haul a taxi, just as it starts raining.

♡

Mark is stood in your bedroom doorway, looking as awkward as when you first met him. Now you're not so sure if it was a good idea to invite him in.

"I'll sleep on the sofa if you want," he insists but both of you know it means nothing.

You laugh, "Mark, you can sleep in my bed, it's alright. You can sleep on the left side, I'll sleep on the right if you want."

He smiles in response but doesn't move.

"Seriously Mark, I'm not going to bite," you say patting at the bed.

He sits down gingerly then.

"Your apartment is decorated so nicely," he says looking around your room.

You can see the moon outside of your window, already on its descent for another night.

When you turn back to look at Mark, his eyes are on you. You don't know what to say, but you know what you want to do.

"Can I kiss you ?" he asks, confirming your thoughts. He looks down at your lips and back up to your eyes again.

You nod your head, you can't talk but it doesn't matter because Mark is already leaning in and then his lips are moving against yours. His lips taste faintly of soju, but you don't care. You want to taste him and you slide your tongue against his, suddenly feeling desperate. He takes the hint because you're both taking off each other's clothes then until you're both just in your underwear.

"Wait," Mark says, his hands faltering, "Do you think we should be doing this?"

It's dark, only a street lamp and the moon partially illuminating the room. The raindrops are highlighted and cling to the windowpane. You feel melancholic and you realize now more than ever that you want to be held by Mark. You can make out Mark's expression, a mix of flustered and horny rolled into one. You know he wants this too, this dorky, shy intern who was barely able to make eye contact with you is now in your bed.

"Why not? There's nothing wrong with what we're doing."

That's all the confirmation he needs because he starts to plant kisses on your neck. You stroke his hair as he makes his way down to your boobs.

"You're so hot" he murmurs, taking off your bra.

He nuzzles his face into your chest, breathing heavily before taking one of your boobs in his mouth. He swirls his tongue around your nipple first and then sucks again. His tongue feels warm and wet against your skin. He looks up at you, his eyes wide and needy.

"God that feels so good - keep doing that," you breathe.

He hums in response against your boob and you shiver. You want to keep hearing him, that voice that you've dreamt about for nights on end.

Mark lifts you to sit on his lap and you can feel his hardness pressing against you.You guide Mark's head back up to meet yours and you're both kissing again. You grind down on him, both knowing you need this. You want to feel him against you and you can't control it. Your movements are instinctual. Mark understands because he's bucking his hips up to meet yours, despite still having his boxers on. You can hear him grunt into the kiss.

"Do you have a condom?" you sigh.

"Shit, no."

You break apart briefly, Mark's eyes are hooded and his lips are swollen. You're almost certain that you look the same.

"It's okay," you say, getting off his lap to sit next to him.

"Wait - what are you doing then?" he asks, a trace of disappointment in his voice.

"What does it look like I'm doing," you say, pushing him lightly so he's lying down on the bed.

You pull off his trousers and he helps by kicking them at the ankles. He's eager now, his eyes hungry.

You pull down his boxers next until he's lying there, his beautiful, fully naked body exposed. You can see the shadowed contours of his lean body, the smoothness of his skin.

You kiss on his thighs, his skin is so soft and you hear his breath hitch as you do it. He's completely turned on now, you're satisfied knowing you've done this to him. So satisfied that you begin rubbing your clit in slow motions as your face hovers over Mark's crotch.

You take his dick with your free hand and pump it in your hand a couple of times. The tip is wet already and you kiss it, the precum on your lips. He whimpers then and you circle your clit quicker, feeling yourself growing wetter. As you lick Mark's tip, his hips raise to meet your mouth.

"I can't show my face when I'm like this," he murmurs, putting your bed pillow over his face.

"No, I want to see you," you say, climbing up to take the pillow.

Mark just turns his face to the side in response, too horny to argue.

You take him fully in your mouth, bobbing up and down slowly before finding a steady rhythm. He groans in time to your sucking motion.

"Fuck y/n, I'm gonna cum soon," he moans.

You hum against his dick, "You taste so good, Markie. Please cum for me."

He holds your head, pushing it down to reach his raised hips and you can feel yourself choking as his tip touches the back of your throat.

"I'm so...close, fuck" he moans, thrusting into your mouth.

He whimpers and wriggles beneath you, before jerking violently in large strokes as he cums in your mouth.

You swallow it up, but continue sucking, feeling yourself reach your own climax.

"Shit," Mark hisses.

"Oh my god, Mark -" you cry as you orgasm, your center pulsating.

You come to lie next to Mark, kissing him, open-mouthed and hungry. He can taste himself on you and he likes it.

"You were so damn good at that, y/n," Mark whispers.

"You were so good," you mirror, taking his now sweaty cheek in your hand.

"But I didn't get to do anything," Mark mumbles, placing soft, small kisses on your face.

"I came too. It was so hot seeing you like that."

"No seriously - I wanna make you cum, like for real though," he murmurs into your hair.

"Mm?"

"I know you're sleepy now but would you let me some other time?" he says in the darkness.

Mark's dark hair is plastered to his forehead now. He's hot and flushed, it makes your heart want to burst.

"Do you want to see me again? Like...outside of work I mean," you ask, brushing the hair from his eyes to look at him.

He nods, "What are you doing tomorrow?"

"Nothing, are you asking me out?" you giggle, pinching his cheek a little then.

He smiles and you know he's blushing.

"I guess you could say that, yeah," he laughs.

"I'm free then," you say, giving him a small peck on his lips.

Mark pulls you in for a hug. It seems like he wants to say something, whisper to you but you find yourself drifting in and out of sleep quickly. The sound of rain mixes with Mark's rhythmic breathing and lulls you to sleep.

♡

Mark had told you to wait on a nearby street by Apgujeong station. So you're surprised when he pulls up in front of you in his car. It's an old model, just about affordable for a student but it suits him well.

"I never knew you had a car," you point out, climbing into the passenger seat.

"What can I say, I'm a man full of surprises," he winks, laughing because he knew that was as cheesy as it sounded.

"Is where we're going a surprise too?" you ask.

"It might be," he says tapping at the steering wheel with his thumb to the beat of the music. It's a Lucky Daye song.

"You look so pretty by the way," he says, rubbing his nose slightly. You can tell he does that when he's shy.

"You don't look bad yourself," you reply. That would be an understatement, Mark looks like a full course meal right now. Skimming your eyes over his casual clothes, you remember that this was the first time you were meeting Mark outside of work.

You feel good. Despite how cold the late morning feels, the low winter sun is shining, the sky a soft blue.

"Where are you taking me?" you ask when you eventually realize that you're leaving Seoul.

Mark just taps his nose and tells you it won't be a long journey.

And he's right, in the next half an hour, you're driving on Incheon bridge, next to a stretch of blue sea.

♡

It turns out that Mark brought you to Incheon to eat.

You're sat on the floor at a low table of a seafood restaurant. Both of you know how good Incheon seafood is. There's what seems like a hundred different side dishes on the table, and despite both being big eaters, you're not sure if you'll be able to clear even half of it.

"Have the spicy seafood stew, it's delicious," Mark says, pouring you a bowl and putting it in front of you.

You take a mouthful and he's right, it is delicious. It’s warm and spicy, exactly what you need on a cold day. Mark is looking at you intently, his eyes shining like an eager puppy. He seems happy to see you enjoying your food and that warms your heart. You want to kiss him again.

“The stew is really good for a hangover too, it’s probably what you need,” he says, smiling.

“Hangover? I’m not hungover, do I look it?” You say self-consciously.

“No, no, I just meant we both drunk quite a lot last night,” he says, laughing nervously.

You blush remembering last night and then your thoughts flick back to truth or dare, and how jealous you were.

Mark must be thinking about it too. "Have you dated any of the guys at Hyphen?" he asks.

You just about choke on your stew, "No, why do you ask that?"

Mark shrugs, "I just wondered. They all speak really well of you, especially Johnny. And you're pretty, why wouldn't they want to date you?"

You laugh then, "Do they?"

Mark frowns a little, "You don't like Johnny, do you?"

"God no, we barely interact these days. No, I haven't dated any of them."

"Did you interact a lot before?" Mark asks.

"Me and Johnny? No, has Johnny said something?"

"Nah, apart from saying he’d date you last night. He just looks like he likes you," Mark says, rubbing his cheek.

You laugh a little then, "No, Johnny has a girlfriend and I wouldn't date him now even if he didn't have one."

Mark relaxes a little then.

"Is there a rule about dating coworkers then or do you just decide not to do it?"

"There's no rule, people just like to keep their personal and work lives private and often separate," you point out.

Mark thinks for a moment, toying with the noodles on his plate.

"What do you like to do, keep things private?" he asks.

"Private or public, I don't care, they can choose," you say quietly.

"Okay...that's good then," Mark says, smirking slightly.

He always has a roundabout way of saying things.

♡

It's 5 pm when the wintry sun sets in Incheon. You and Mark are walking along the beach. It's not perfect weather for it, since it's cold and you shiver in your coat but you're happy to be here with him.

"You need to dress warmer, y/n!" Mark says as he turns to you to retie your scarf properly.

He rubs his hands over your arms to warm you up.

"I'm okay - feel," you say, reaching your hand up to his cheek.

Mark searches your eyes and so it doesn't come as a surprise when he leans in and kisses you. His lips are warm and soft against yours and you feel as though you're melting. The kiss is a light, sweet one and you have to break apart because you feel giddy.

"Sorry, I couldn't help myself," he says.

"No, I like it."

You look into the fading light and see figures at the busy part of the beach in the distance. It wouldn't matter if you were publicly affectionate, no one would care. But you know if you start kissing him again, you won't want to stop.

You hear the sea breeze and then the first rainfall before you see it. It's soft and gentle but you know if you stand here for much longer that you'll catch a cold.

"Shall I take you home?" Mark asks.

You nod, feeling dazed and slightly lightheaded.

As you get into the car, Mark puts his Spotify on. 'Wait for it' by H.E.R. is first to play.

You peer over at his phone screen, it reads 'sex playlist'.

"There's no way you have a sex playlist," you laugh, pushing his arm playfully.

"Nah, it's just random," Mark bluffs, rubbing his nose in the cute way that he did.

"Well, whoever created this playlist has good taste."

"Yeah, alright, it is mine. But it doesn't mean anything," he says.

You raise an eyebrow then.

"Why doesn't it mean anything?" you ask. You don't know why you're probing but you enjoy teasing Mark, hearing him search for words to form an acceptable answer.

Mark just shrugs though, "I just like this mood...being here with you, I like it. This playlist just represents the mood."

"You're so good at bullshitting, Mark," you laugh but Mark is looking at you seriously now.

I know you on the way, but now I want it I can't take it I'm merely tryna chill, but I'm impatient Stay on my mind Can't sleep at night

“I’m being for real though. Like yesterday, I didn’t tell you but it was the first time someone’s given me head before,” he says, playing with his hoodie drawstrings.

“What? You’ve never had a blowjob before?” you ask, eyes wide.

“I’ve only dated one girl and she straight up didn’t want anything in her mouth so nah, it was the first time and it was amazing” Mark says.

“Well there’s a first time for everything,” you smile, feeling happy that you got to share that moment with Mark.

You look at each other in silence again. It’s a comfortable silence but it’s heavy with intent. You both know what’s coming.

"Y/n, you know I'm not good with words," Mark says and then he pulls you to him so that you're kissing again.

The kiss is different this time, it's slow and intense as if you're something he craves. It's the type of kiss that expresses he needs you now. His lips on yours feel so good and you kiss him back, mirroring his eagerness. Your hands are in his hair and then he bites at your bottom lip. He's gentle but it drives you crazy. His hands are travelling into your bra now.

"Mark," you whisper against his lips, "Mark we're in public."

"It's crazy, I keep wanting to kiss you," he murmurs, pressing his forehead to yours.

"I want to kiss you too, all the time," you admit.

"No one's here to see and it's dark now anyway."

You look around and Mark is right, it is dark. The rain is lashing hard against the window now, the H.E.R. track barely audible. Your breath and body heat is already steaming up the windows of the car.

"Can I touch you? I want to touch you," Mark whispers, kissing your neck.

There's no use in trying to stop, you feel your willpower disintegrating by the second. There's a desperation in Mark's voice. He's wanted this for so long, and so have you.

Before long you're a tangle of arms and legs in the backseat. Someone might find you but that prospect turns you on more than you initially thought. Your stockings and panties are pulled off and your skirt is hitched up now.

Mark hovers over you.

"Can I touch you?" he murmurs, his half-lidded eyes flick over your body.

You try to close your legs, embarrassed about being observed like this. But Mark just parts your legs with a hand, "You're so beautiful. Can I?"

You nod, you're so wet and you want to feel Mark inside you, you've needed it for so long.

Mark finds your clit easily, rubbing at it slowly but it's enough to make you wriggle underneath him.

Mark leans down to kiss you hungrily. He slips his tongue into your mouth as he continues circling your clit, faster now. You moan into the kiss and Mark bites your lip gently again. That habit he had which drove you crazy.

He breaks the kiss, still touching you and looking at you intently.

"You're so wet, do you want me that bad?" Mark teases.

You bite your lip, bucking your hips up to meet his fingers.

Mark massages you in quick circular motions. You can only focus on the sensation now, coming closer to your orgasm. Nothing matters anymore, not Mark observing your body, not the possibility of being caught by someone, nothing at all.

"Mark, Mark - please," you moan.

"Mmm?" he asks, smirking slightly.

"I want you to fuck me," you murmur, suddenly losing all inhibitions.

"But we're in public," Mark's eyes widen and you realize he's teasing you.

"Please, please fuck me, Mark."

You've never seen Mark like this before, so in control of the situation and you feel disorientated because of it.

Mark takes a condom out of his pocket then and tears it open with his mouth.

He pulls his jeans and boxers down, rolling the condom over his length. As he touches himself to adjust the condom, he suddenly looks more like his nervous, boyish self. He concentrates when he's horny and you realize how cute it is.

"I need you now, please," you whisper, feeling increasingly needy.

Mark is so soft for you, you can tell by the sudden redness of his cheeks, the begging turns him on.

"Please, Mark," you mewl, scratching lightly at his left arm propping him up over you.

Mark positions the tip against your center and you whimper at the sudden contact.

"What would the others say if they saw us like this?" Mark says.

"I don't care," you whisper, feeling even more turned on by the thought. You're not doing anything inherently bad but Mark is still your intern. Why did bad things always feel so good?

Mark’s pupils are dilated as he leans over to kiss you again, and then he slips into you without warning. You feel yourself tighten around his dick and he feels it too because he's groaning.

"Oh my god, y/n, you feel so fucking good," he moans into your mouth.

“Better than the last person you fucked in here?” you murmur.

Mark is taken aback but he clearly likes the jealous tone. He bites his lip and nods “Much better, you’re so hot, y/n.”

Mark fucks you gently, moving inside you with slow movements. His breathing hitches and he closes his eyes momentarily.

"Mark faster," you plead, your voice filled with innocence.

Mark puts a hand on your thigh and the other grabs at your boob as he starts thrusting into you harder.

"Mm fuck," you moan, feeling him hit your sweet spot.

"D-Do you like that?" Mark whispers and you can't even nod in response. You just know he feels so good.

“Who do you think of when you touch yourself?” Mark pants between groans. So he’s thinking two can play at that game.

“Ah - it’s you, I think of you Mark,” you moan.

He licks his fingers before placing them on your clit and rubbing once more. The combination makes you a moaning mess and you can't think of anything but your approaching orgasm.

“That feels good, doesn’t it?” he asks.

“My god, Mark” is all you can manage.

Mark's strokes get sloppy and he has to grip at your waist with one of his hands to keep steady. Your bodies are both damp with sweat, the leather seats of Mark's car underneath you are wet. You want to melt into Mark, you want to feel like this forever.

It doesn't take you long to orgasm. With a few more slow strokes and a rub of your clit, you pulsate around Mark's dick.

"Mark, I'm - fuck" you moan, shuddering violently with every pulse.

"You feel so fucking good," Mark grunts and his praise is enough for you to tighten around him once more. He thrusts again, groaning in your ear before he empties himself into the condom. You feel his dick twitch inside of you and pull his neck down for another kiss.

It's sloppy and needy, your tongues against each others in desperation. When Mark breaks the kiss, he collapses on top of you breathing heavily. You both lie there, trying to catch your breath. Mark's dick is still inside of you though and you can feel the warmth of it and the now filled condom.

"Shouldn't we throw the condom out?" you whisper, stroking the back of his neck.

"I like this feeling, though. Can't we just stay like this for a while?" he says and you feel shy knowing he's still inside of you, that he likes the feeling of you.

"I don't think I can keep away from you," Mark whispers into your hair.

"Me neither," you say as he props his head up to look in your eyes.

"You know yesterday I asked if you cared if people at work knew about us - did you really mean that? That you don't care?" he asks, his eyes are wide like a puppy’s and you know you're too far gone, you want Mark to be yours.

"I don't care at all, Mark", you say, stroking his hair and then his cheek.

"I'm gonna pull out now," Mark chuckles, pulling himself out of you and taking the condom off.

He pulls his boxers and jeans up and you do the same, adjusting yourself into a sitting position.

Mark opens the car to dispose of the condom. Luckily it isn't as busy as you thought outside thanks to the uninviting winter cold and darkness.

As you both get back into the front seats, you look in the mirror, fixing your hair but not bothering with your makeup, which has sweated off completely.

Mark turns to look at you, "You look beautiful, y/n. Seriously."

"Anyway why did you ask me if I care or not?" you ask, trying to change the subject because you're blushing too hard now.

Mark drives away from the parking lot and back towards Incheon bridge.

His eyes are focused on the road but you know he's thinking of what to say next.

"I was just wondering, well, if I can see you again tomorrow. For a proper date?" Mark asks.

"We did go on a proper date, Mark, we ate seafood and walked on the beach. I loved it," you say.

Mark bites at his lip. He looks nervous as if everything he's done with you so far has lead up to this moment.

"I can't lie, I really like you. Like to the point where I want to be around you all the time," Mark murmurs and his face is going bright red again.

Your stomach is fluttering from the sudden confession and you're can't look at his face anymore. You press for him to go on, though.

"Mmm?"

"Being able to talk about normal shit, do normal things, it's made me realize how much I enjoy spending time with you. I don't even want to drop you off tonight."

He clears his throat, "I think I've fallen for you, y/n. I know I sound stupid but you wanted to hear it. I like you and you don't have to accept it, we can go back to work and forget this ever happened, go back to norm-"

"Mark," you cut him off, "I like you too. I've liked you for ages, I just didn't want to be the first to admit it."

"Why?" Mark chuckles, his eyes wide. He looks genuinely taken aback.

"You're my intern! Why would I confess first? That wouldn't be professional," you laugh.

"Well we're past professional now," Mark admits, "But if anyone asks, I can just say I've been giving you a helping hand." He winks then and you can’t believe how easily you’ve fallen for this dork.

As you drive across Incheon bridge back to Seoul, you look out of the window and see the same stretch of sea that you saw on the way there. Except this time, the sea is not a glittering blue, it's black, barely noticeable against the wintry evening sky. The passage of time in Mark's company comforted you, it reaffirmed how much you wanted to see each subtle change of the world with him.

"And to be honest, I don't care if anyone at work knows. It's better if they do know we like each other," Mark says quietly, reaching out a hand to stroke yours instinctually.

"Yeah, they've probably guessed already. I don't mind though, half of them are fucking anyway."

Mark laughs at your candidness. "For real though, the number of times I've seen Jaemin and Jeno come out of the unused toilet together is crazy."

"Don't forget Lucas and Mina in the stock cupboard," you point out, giggling.

"We're going to have to find our own spot before they're all taken up," Mark says, his tongue poking at his cheek. He was such a tease.

You could see the first few stars sprinkled across the sky through the car windscreen. The rain had cleared and it was one of those beautiful, chilly winter nights. Still, the stars made you feel solitary.

"I don't want to be alone tonight," you admit to Mark quietly.

Mark nods "I'll stay. So the cinema and aquarium tomorrow, how does it sound?"

"It sounds lovely," you smile.

You see the city skyline in the distance, nothing more than a cluster of twinkling dots. You're excited, the night is young and filled heavy with promise.

577 notes · View notes